Toyota 2004 Avalon Owners Manual

2015-09-07

: Toyota Toyota-2004-Avalon-Owners-Manual-763013 toyota-2004-avalon-owners-manual-763013 toyota pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 339 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Foreword
Quick Index
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
2
3
4
5
6
7-1
7-2
7-3
8
9
ImpMan
ImpToy
RM
Seat

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Overview of instruments and controls

Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument cluster overview 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 1

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/or

multi−information display

4. Garage door opener

5. Center vents

6. Auxiliary boxes

7. Front personal light, interior light and/or

electric moon roof switch

8. Power door lock switches

9. Power window switches

10. Glove box

11. Trunk opener main switch

12. Rear vents

13. Power outlet (115 VAC)

14. Power outlet (12 VDC)

15. Cup holder

16. Automatic transmission selector lever

17. Hood lock release lever

18. Parking brake pedal

19. Window lock switch

Instrument panel overview

"With bucket front seat (view A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog

light switches

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view

mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Ignition switch

10. Power outlet main switch

11. Traction control system off switch

12. Cruise control switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Trunk lid lock release switch

15. Instrument panel light control knob

"With bucket front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog

light switches

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view

mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Seat heater switches

10. Ignition switch

11. Power outlet main switch

12. Traction control system off switch

13. Cruise control switch

14. Tilt steering lock release lever

15. Trunk lid lock release switch

16. Instrument panel light control knob

"With bucket front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Side vents

2. Side defroster outlets

3. Instrument cluster and/or

multi−information display

4. Automatic transmission selector lever

5. Garage door opener

6. Center vents

7. Auxiliary boxes

8. Front personal light, interior light and/or

electric moon roof switch

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Gl ov e box

12. Cup holder

13. Trunk opener main switch

14. Hood lock release lever

15. Parking brake pedal

16. Window lock switch

"With bench type front seat (view A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and

front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view

mirror defogger switch

8. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

9. Power outlet (115 VAC)

10. Power outlet (12 VDC)

11. Ignition switch

12. Power outlet main switch

13. Traction control system off switch

14. Cruise control switch

15. Tilt steering lock release lever

16. Trunk lid lock release switch

17. Instrument panel light control knob

"With bench type front seat (view B with manual air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Power rear view mirror control switches

2. Headlight and turn signal switch and

front fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Emergency flasher switch

5. Car audio

6. Air conditioning controls

7. Rear window and outside rear view

mirror defogger switch

8. Seat heater switches

9. Cigarette lighter and ashtray

10. Power outlet (115 VAC)

11. Power outlet (12 VDC)

12. Ignition switch

13. Power outlet main switch

14. Traction control system off switch

15. Cruise control switch

16. Tilt steering lock release lever

17. Trunk lid lock release switch

18. Instrument panel light control knob

"With bench type front seat (view B with automatic air conditioning controls)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and

indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Engine immobilizer system indicator

light

6. Odometer and two trip meters

7. Clock

8. Outside temperature display

9. “ADJ” button∗

10. “MODE” button∗

11. “ODO/TRIP” button

12. Fuel gauge

∗: This button is used to adjust the clock. For details, see “Clock” in Section 1−10.

Instrument cluster overview

"Type A

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and

indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/engine

immobilizer system indicator light

6. Clock∗

7. Outside temperature display∗

8. Multi−information display

9. “LIGHT” button∗

10. “MODE” button∗

11. “RESET/ADJ” button∗

12. “DISPLAY” button∗

13. Odometer and two trip meters

14. “ODO/TRIP” button

15. Fuel gauge

∗: This button is used to operate the multi−information display. For details, see “Multi−information display” in Section 1−10.

"Type B

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and

indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Theft deterrent system/engine

immobilizer system indicator light

6. Clock∗

7. Outside temperature display∗

8. Odometer and two trip meters

9. “ODO/TRIP” button

10. Fuel gauge

∗: For details, please refer to the separate “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.

"Type C

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Rear light failure warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning

light∗1

Front outside passenger’s seat belt reminder

light∗1

Vehicle stability control system and traction

control system warning light∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning

buzzers” in Section 1−6.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1−7.

Turn signal indicator lights

Slip indicator light

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Overdrive−off indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Traction control system off indicator light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

188

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Other equipment

Multi−information display 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clock 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outside temperature display 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cigarette lighter and ashtray 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power outlet 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Glove box 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Garage door opener 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary box 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front cup holder 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear cup holder 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Floor mat 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 10

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

189

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Outside temperature display

2. Clock

3. Compass

4. Calendar

5. Cruise information display

6. “LIGHT” button

7. “MODE” button

8. “RESET/ADJ” button

9. “DISPLAY” button

Multi−information display—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

190

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Operate the multi−information display

with the ignition switch on.

When the ignition switch is turned to

“ON”, the last previously used mode dis-

played just before the ignition switch is

turned off will appear.

If the electrical power source has been

disconnected from the multi−information

display, the display will automatically be

set to the initial mode.

When the instrument panel lights are

turned on, the brightness of the display

will be reduced.

“LIGHT” button

This button is used to select the illumi-

nation pattern of the display.

Every time you push the “LIGHT” button,

the display illuminates in the following or-

der.

1. All the parts of the display are illumi-

nated.

2. Clock, outside temperature display and

compass are illuminated.

3. Illumination is off.

“MODE” and “RESET/ADJ” buttons

These buttons are used to select the

item to be reset or adjusted.

Every time you push the “MODE” button,

the display toggles in the following order.

1. Hour

2. Minute

3. Year

4. Month

5. Day

6. English or metric unit selection of the

outside temperature display and cruise

information display

7. Compass deviation calibration (zone)

8. Compass circling calibration

—Before using the

multi−information display

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

191

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When the item desired to be corrected

appears, reset or adjust it by pushing the

“RESET/ADJ” button.

“DISPLAY” button

This button is used to toggle the func-

tions of the cruise information display.

Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-

ton, the display toggles.

For more details, see “—Cruise

information display”.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while the

vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust

the display only when the vehicle is

stopped.

The digital clock indicates the time.

If the electrical power source has been

disconnected, the time display will auto-

matically be set to 1:00 a.m.

To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-

ton until the hour display appears and

blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-

ton.

To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”

button until the minute display appears

and blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ”

button.

After resetting the clock, push the “MODE”

button until the display returns to normal

calendar mode.

The digital calendar indicates the date.

If the electrical power source has been

disconnected, the calendar display will au-

tomatically be set to “THU JAN 1”.

To reset the year: Push the “MODE” but-

ton until the year display appears and

blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-

ton. (After the year 2021 appears, the

number returns to 2002.)

To reset the month: Push the “MODE”

button until the month display appears and

blinks. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-

ton.

To reset the day: Push the “MODE” button

until the day display appears and blinks.

Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button.

—Clock —Calendar

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

192

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

After resetting the calendar, push the

“MODE” button until the display returns to

normal calendar mode.

The outside temperature display indi-

cates outside air temperatures.

To set the unit, push the “MODE” button

until the unit display appears and blinks.

Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-

lect “C” or “F”. (At this time, cruise

information and air conditioning displays

also change.)

After setting the unit, push the “MODE”

button until the display returns to normal

calendar mode.

—Outside temperature display —Cruise information display

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

193

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The cruise information display indicates

the following information.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

2. Average fuel consumption after refuel-

ing

3. Average vehicle speed

4. Driving range

5. Driving time

Every time you push the “DISPLAY” but-

ton, the display toggles through this infor-

mation.

The displayed values in the cruise infor-

mation display indicate general driving

conditions. Accuracy varies with driving

habits and road conditions.

If the electrical power source has been

disconnected, the display will automatically

be set to instantaneous fuel consumption.

To set the unit, push the “MODE” button

until the unit display appears and blinks.

Then push the “RESET/ADJ” button to se-

lect km/liter or mile/gallon. (At this time,

the outside temperature and air condition-

ing displays also change.)

After setting the unit, push the “MODE”

button until the display returns to normal

calendar mode.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

(“INST ECON”)

The instantaneous fuel consumption is

calculated and displayed based on driv-

ing distance and fuel consumption for

2 seconds with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 2

seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not be

shown in the following cases.

When the vehicle is stopped with the

engine running, the display will indicate

the extremely high fuel consumption.

When the vehicle is driving down a

long slope, applying the engine brake,

the display will indicate the extremely

low fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignition

switch is turned off.

2. Average fuel consumption after re-

fueling

(“AVG ECON”)

Average fuel consumption after refuel-

ing is calculated and displayed based

on total driving distance and total fuel

consumption with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 10

seconds.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the av-

erage fuel consumption after refueling

(“AVG ECON”) calculation is automatically

reset.

3. Average vehicle speed

(“AVG SPEED”)

Average vehicle speed is calculated and

displayed based on total driving dis-

tance and total driving time with the

engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 10

seconds.

To reset the calculations, push the

“RESET/ADJ” button.

The calculation is reset when the ignition

switch is turned off.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

194

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

4. Driving range

(“FUEL RANGE”)

The distance the vehicle can travel with

the remaining fuel is calculated and

displayed based on the quantity of re-

maining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The displayed value is updated every time

when the fuel equivalent for 1 km is con-

sumed.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the

driving range calculation is automatically

reset.

The actual driving range varies with driv-

ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con-

sumption is good, the driving range will be

longer. If fuel consumption is poor, the

driving range will be shorter.

5. Driving time

(“TRIP TIME”)

The elapsed time after the engine starts

is displayed.

When the engine is started, driving time

is counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99

hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.

When the driving time exceeds 99:59, the

counter returns to 0:00.

To reset the calculations, push the

“RESET/ADJ” button.

The calculation is reset when the ignition

switch is turned off.

The compass indicates the direction

that the vehicle is heading. In the

above case, it shows that the vehicle is

heading south.

Displays Directions

North

Northeast

East

Southeast

South

Southwest

West

Northwest

—Compass

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

195

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The compass may not show the correct

direction in the following conditions:

The vehicle is stopped immediately af-

ter turning.

The compass does not adjust while the

vehicle is stopped.

The ignition switch is turned off imme-

diately after turning.

The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

The vehicle is in a place where the

earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-

terference by artificial magnetic fields

(underground parking, under a steel

tower, between buildings, roof parking,

near a crossing, near a large vehicle,

etc.).

The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a

magnet or a metal object on or near

the roof.)

The battery has been disconnected.

If the deviation is small, the compass

works to calibrate the direction automati-

cally while the vehicle is in motion.

For additional precision or for complete

calibrating, see “CALIBRATING THE

COMPASS” below.

Compass sensor

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal object

on or near the roof of the vehicle.

Doing this may cause malfunction of

the compass sensor.

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation

calibration)

The direction display on the compass

deviates from the true direction deter-

mined by the earth’s magnetic field. The

angle of deviation varies according to the

geographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust for this deviation, stop the ve-

hicle and push the “MODE” button several

times until “ZONE XX” appears on the

calendar display. Then push the “RESET/

ADJ” button, referring to the following map

to select the number of the zone where

the vehicle is.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

196

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Zone number

After calibration, push the “MODE” button

several times until the calendar display

returns to the normal mode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while the

vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust

the display only when the vehicle is

stopped.

Hawaii, Samoa: 5

Guam, Saipan: 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

197

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling

calibration)

Sometimes the direction display on the

compass may not change after a turn. To

rectify this, stop the vehicle and push the

“MODE” button several times until

“COMPASS” appears and blinks on the

display. Then push the “RESET/ADJ” but-

ton. “CALIBRATE” appears and blinks to-

gether with the compass display.

Drive the vehicle in a circle until the blink-

ing stops. If there is not enough space to

drive in a circle, drive around the block

until the blinking stops.

When the compass and the calendar dis-

play return to normal mode, calibration is

complete.

If you want to cancel the calibration be-

fore it is complete, push the “MODE” but-

ton again.

Perform circling calibration just after

you have purchased your Toyota. And

then always perform circling calibration

after the battery has been removed, re-

placed or disconnected.

Do not perform circling calibration of

the compass in a place where the

earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-

terference by artificial magnetic fields

(underground parking, under a steel

tower, between buildings, roof parking,

near a crossing, near a large vehicle,

etc.).

During calibration, do not operate elec-

tric systems (moon roof, power win-

dows, etc.) as they may interfere with

the calibration.

CAUTION

When doing the circling calibration,

be sure to secure a wide space,

and watch out for people and ve-

hicles in the neighborhood. Do not

violate any local traffic rules while

performing circling calibration.

Do not adjust the display while the

vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust

the display only when the vehicle is

stopped.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

198

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To reset the hour: Push the “MODE” but-

ton until the hour display blinks. Then

push the “ADJ” button.

To reset the minutes: Push the “MODE”

button until the minute display blinks.

Then push the “ADJ” button.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

If the electrical power source has been

disconnected from the clock, the time dis-

play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one

o’clock).

When the instrument panel lights are

turned on, the brightness of the time in-

dication will be reduced.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

When the instrument panel lights are

turned on, the brightness of the display

will be reduced.

To change the display between “C” to

“F”, push the “MODE” button until the

display blinks. Then push the “ADJ” button

to select “C” or “F”.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

Clock Outside temperature display Cigarette lighter and ashtray

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

199

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, first open

the ashtray lid, then press in the light-

er. After it finishes heating up, it auto-

matically pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key must

be in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed

in.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or

equivalent for replacement.

ASHTRAY

With bucket front seat—To use the ash-

tray, push the lid to open.

With bench type front seat—To use the

ashtray, pull the lid to open.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-

oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-

vent other cigarette butts from catching

fire. After using the ashtray, push it back

in completely.

To remove the ashtray, open the ashtray

lid and pull it out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop

while driving, always completely close

the ashtray after use.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

Power outlet (12 VDC)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

200

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The power outlet is designed for power

supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”

position for the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE

zTo prevent the fuse from being

blown, do not use the electricity

over the total vehicle capacity of 12

VDC/120W.

zTo prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not use the power

outlet longer than necessary when

the engine is not running.

zClose the power outlet lid when the

power outlet is not in use. Inserting

anything other than an appropriate

plug that fits the outlet, or allowing

any liquid to get into the outlet may

cause electrical failure or short cir-

cuits.

With bucket front seat

With bench type front seat

This power outlet is designed for use

as a power supply for electric ap-

pliances in the vehicle.

The key must be in the “ON” position for

the power outlet to be used.

The maximum capacity for this power out-

let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to

use an appliance that requires more than

115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit

will activate and cut the power supply.

The power supply will restart automatically

when you use an appliance that operates

within the 115 VAC/100W limits.

Power outlet (115 VAC)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

201

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To use the power outlet, push the main

switch on the instrument panel.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicate

that the power outlet is ready for use.

Push the main switch once again to turn

the power outlet off. When the power out-

let is not in use, make sure that the main

switch is turned off.

NOTICE

zTo prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not use the power

outlet longer than necessary when

the engine is not running.

zClose the power outlet lid when the

power outlet is not in use. Inserting

anything other than an appropriate

plug that fits the outlet, or allowing

any liquid to get into the outlet may

cause electrical failure or short cir-

cuits.

The power outlet is not designed for

the following electric appliances even

though their power consumption is un-

der 115 VAC/100W. These appliances

may not operate properly.

Appliances with high initial peak watt-

age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,

compressor−driven refrigerators, electric

pumps, electric tools, etc.

Measuring devices which process pre-

cise data: medical equipment, measur-

ing instruments, etc.

Other appliances requiring an extremely

stable power supply: microcomputer−

controlled electric blankets, touch sen-

sor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may cause

radio noise.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

202

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Pull the lever.

With the instrument panel lights on, the

glove box light will come on when the

glove box is open.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn it

clockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop,

always keep the glove box door

closed while driving.

The garage door opener ( 

Universal Transceiver) is manufactured

under license from HomeLink and can

be programmed to operate garage

doors, gates, entry doors, door locks,

home lighting systems, and security

systems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink

The HomeLink in your vehicle has 3

buttons and you can store one program

for each button.

To ensure correct programming into the

HomeLink, install a new battery in the

hand−held transmitter prior to program-

ming.

The battery side of the hand−held trans-

mitter must be pointed away from the

HomeLink during the programming pro-

cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedure

in “Programming an entrance gate/Pro-

gramming all devices in the Canadian

market”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink buttons

you want to program.

2. Place your hand−held garage transmit-

ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away from

the surface of the HomeLink.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink

in view while programming.

Glove box Garage door opener

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

203

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

3. Simultaneously press and hold the

hand−held garage transmitter button

along with the selected HomeLink but-

ton.

4. When the indicator light on the

HomeLink changes from a slow to a

rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can

release both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink by

pressing the newly programmed button.

If programming a garage door opener,

check to see if the garage door opens

and closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-

tify if your garage transmitter is of the

“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button. The ga-

rage door has the rolling code feature if

the indicator light (on the HomeLink)

flashes rapidly and then remains lit after

2 seconds. If your garage transmitter is

the “Rolling Code” type, proceed to the

heading “Programming a rolling code sys-

tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-

maining HomeLink button to program

another device.

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”

equipped, it is necessary to follow

steps 1 through 4 under the heading

“Programming the HomeLink” before

proceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-

ing mounted garage door opener motor.

The exact location and color of the

button may vary by brand of garage

door opener. Refer to the owner’s

guide supplied by the garage door

opener manufacturer for the location of

this “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-

ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 seconds

in which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-

grammed HomeLink button twice. The

garage door may open. If the door

does open, the programming process is

complete. If the door does not open,

press and release the button a third

time. This third press and release will

complete the programming process by

opening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door opener

motor should now recognize the

HomeLink unit and be able activate the

garage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re-

maining HomeLink button to program

another rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program-

ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink but-

tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand−held gate/device

transmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)

away from the surface of the

HomeLink.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selected

HomeLink button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)

the hand−held gate/device transmitter

button every two seconds until step 5

is complete.

5. When the indicator light on the

HomeLink changes from a slow to a

rapid flash after 20 seconds, you can

release both buttons.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

204

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink by

pressing the newly programmed button.

Check to see if the gate/device oper-

ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-

maining HomeLink button to program

another device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as home

security systems, home door locks or

lighting, contact your authorized Toyota

dealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink buttons cannot be

erased, however, to reprogram a single

button, follow the procedure “Programming

the HomeLink”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink

To operate the HomeLink, press the

appropriate HomeLink button to activate

the programmed device. The HomeLink

indicator light should come on. The

HomeLink continues to send the signal

for up to 20 seconds as long as the

button is pressed.

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codes

at one time, press and hold down the 2

outside buttons for 20 seconds until the

indicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erase

the programs stored in the HomeLink

memory.

CAUTION

When programming the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver, you may be

operating a garage door or other

device. Make sure people and ob-

jects are out of the way of the ga-

rage door or other device to pre-

vent potential harm or damage.

Do not use this HomeLink Univer-

sal Transceiver with any garage

door opener that lacks the safety

stop and reverse feature as re-

quired by federal safety standards.

(This includes any garage door

opener model manufactured before

April 1, 1982.) A garage door open-

er which cannot detect an object

(signaling the door to stop and re-

verse), does not meet current feder-

al safety standards. Using a garage

door opener without these features

increases risk of serious injury or

death.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

205

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This device complies with FCC Rules

Part 15. Operation is subject to the fol-

lowing two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence that may be received, including

interference that may cause undersired

operation.

WARNING: This transmitter has been

tested and complies with FCC and

DOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifi-

cations not expressly approved by the

party responsible for compliance

could void the user’s authority to op-

erate the device.

To use the box, push the lid to open.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop,

always keep the auxiliary box closed

while driving.

NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of the

vehicle becomes very hot. Do not

leave anything flammable or deform-

able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.

inside.

Auxiliary box (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

206

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To use the box, pull on the handle.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop,

always keep the auxiliary box closed

while driving.

To use the box, pull down the armrest,

pull up the lock release lever and open

the lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop,

always keep the auxiliary box closed

while driving.

To use the box, pull up the lock release

lever and open the lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop,

always keep the auxiliary box closed

while driving.

Auxiliary box (type B) Auxiliary box (type C) Auxiliary box (type D)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

207

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To maximize the storage room, remove

the cup holder by pushing the side fac-

ing at its upright position.

The cup holder is designed for holding

cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, push on the lid.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans on the cup

holder, as such items may be

thrown about in the compartment

and possibly injure people in the

vehicle during sudden braking or in

an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop

while driving, keep the cup holder

closed when it is not in use.

Front cup holder (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

208

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The cup holder is designed for holding

cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-

rest, pull up the lock release lever and

open the lid.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup

holder, as such items may be

thrown about in the compartment

and possibly injure people in the

vehicle during sudden braking or in

an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop

while driving, keep the cup holder

closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when

the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding

cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-

rest.

Front cup holder (type B) Rear cup holder (type A)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

209

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup

holder, as such items may be

thrown about in the compartment

and possibly injure people in the

vehicle during sudden braking or in

an accident.

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop

while driving, keep the cup holder

closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when

the cup holder is pulled out.

The cup holder is designed for holding

cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, open the armrest

lid by pulling up the lock release lever

and pull out the cup holder. Then close

the armrest lid.

CAUTION

Do not leave the armrest lid open,

especially when the cup holder

holds a scalding hot drink. If the lid

is forcibly pulled up, the drink may

spill over the seat occupants.

When the cup holder is in use, the

armrest lid must be securely closed

with the lock engaged.

Do not place anything else other

than cups or drink−cans in the cup

holder, as such items may be

thrown about in the compartment

and possibly injure people in the

vehicle during sudden braking or in

an accident.

Rear cup holder (type B)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

210

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop

while driving, keep the cup holder

closed when it is not in use.

Do not lift the armrest upright when

the cup holder is pulled out.

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have a

hole, then it is designed for use with a

locking clip. Fix the floor mat with locking

clip into the hole in the floor carpet.

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properly

placed on the floor carpet. If the floor

mat slips and interferes with the

movement of the pedals during driv-

ing, it may cause an accident.

Floor mat

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

211

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Keys and Doors

Keys 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine immobilizer system 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side doors 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power windows 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trunk lid 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hood 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theft deterrent system 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel tank cap 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electric moon roof 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds

of keys.

1. Master key—This key works in every

lock.

2. Sub key—This key will not work in the

glove box, trunk and armrest door in

the rear seat.

To protect items locked in the trunk or

glove box when using valet parking, leave

the sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can be

locked without a key, you should always

carry a spare master key in case you

accidentally lock your keys inside the ve-

hicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.

Keep the plate in a safe place such as

your wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if you

need additional keys, duplicates can be

made by a Toyota dealer using the key

number.

We recommend writing down the key num-

ber and storing it in a safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds

of keys.

1. Master keys (black)—These keys work

in every lock. Your Toyota dealer will

need one of them to make a new key

with a built−in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key will not work

in the glove box, trunk and armrest

door in the rear seat.

A transponder chip for engine immobilizer

system has been placed in the head of

the master and sub keys. These chips are

needed to enable the system to function

correctly, so be careful not to lose these

keys. If you make your own duplicate key,

you will not be able to cancel the system

or start the engine.

Keys (without engine

immobilizer system)

Keys (with engine immobilizer

system)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To protect items locked in the trunk or

glove box when using valet parking, leave

the sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors and trunk lid can be

locked without a key, you should always

carry a spare master key in case you

accidentally lock your keys inside the ve-

hicle.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-

ponder chip, observe the following

precautions:

zWhen starting the engine, do not

use the key with a key ring resting

on the key grip and do not press

the key ring against the key grip.

Otherwise the engine may not start,

or may stop soon after it starts.

zWhen starting the engine, do not

use the key with other transponder

keys around (including keys of oth-

er vehicles) and do not press other

key plates against the key grip.

Otherwise the engine may not start,

or may stop soon after it starts. If

this happens, remove the key once

and then insert it again after remov-

ing other transponder keys (includ-

ing keys of other vehicles) from the

ring or while gripping or covering

them with your hand to start the

engine.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

zDo not bend the key grip.

zDo not cover the key grip with any

material that cuts off electromagnet-

ic waves.

zDo not knock the key hard against

other objects.

zDo not leave the key exposed to

high temperatures for a long period,

such as on the dashboard and hood

under direct sunlight.

zDo not put the key in water or

wash it in an ultrasonic washer.

zDo not use the key with electromag-

netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.

Keep the plate in a safe place such as

your wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if you

need additional keys, duplicates can be

made by a Toyota dealer using the key

number.

We recommend writing down the key num-

ber and storing it in a safe place.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The engine immobilizer system is a

theft prevention system. When you in-

sert the key in the ignition switch, the

transponder chip in the key’s head

transmits an electronic code to the ve-

hicle. The engine will start only when

the electronic code in the chip corre-

sponds to the registered ID code for

the vehicle.

The system is automatically set when the

key is removed from the ignition switch.

The indicator light will start flashing to

show the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditions

occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

DThe indicator light stays on except

when the theft deterrent system is set-

ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrent

system” in this Section.)

DThe indicator light does not start flash-

ing when the key is removed from the

ignition switch.

DThe indicator light flashes inconsistent-

ly.

Inserting the registered key in the ignition

switch automatically cancels the system,

which enables the engine to start. The

indicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you a

new key with built−in transponder chip,

your dealer will need your key number

and master key. However, there is a limit

to the number of additional keys your

Toyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,

you will not be able to cancel the sys-

tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-

semble the engine immobilizer sys-

tem. If any unauthorized changes or

modifications are made, proper opera-

tion of the system cannot be guaran-

teed.

Engine immobilizer system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, includ-

ing interference that may cause unde-

sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-

pressly approved by the party respon-

sible for compliance could void the

user’s authority to operate the equip-

ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and (2) this device must accept

any interference, including interference

that may cause undesired operation of

the device.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turn

it.

To lock: Turn the key forward.

To unlock: Turn the key backward.

All the doors lock and unlock simulta-

neously with either front door. In the driv-

er’s door lock, turning the key once will

unlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-

cession will unlock all the doors simulta-

neously.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta-

neously with a key or wireless remote

control transmitter, the interior lights and

ignition switch light come on for about 15

seconds and then fade out, even if the

door is not opened. (For further informa-

tion, see “Interior light”, “Front personal

and interior lights” and “Ignition switch

light” in Section 1−5.)

Side doors—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

INSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.

To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pulling

the inside handle even if the lock knobs

are in the locked position.

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of the

front doors while driving. The doors

will open and an accident may occur.

Toyota strongly recommends that all

children be placed in the rear seat of

the vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in the

lock position will also lock the door. Be

careful not to lock your keys in the ve-

hicle.

Doors cannot be locked when either front

door is open and the key is in the igni-

tion.

If the vehicle is subjected to a severe

frontal, rear or side impact with the igni-

tion switch turned to the “ON” position, all

doors will unlock automatically after a few

seconds.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on the

front side. To unlock: Push the switch

down on the rear side.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-

ly.

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS

Move the lock knob to the “LOCK”

position as shown on the label.

When the child−protector is locked, you

cannot open the rear door by the inside

door handle. We recommend using this

feature whenever small children are in the

vehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doors

are closed and locked, especially

when small children are in the ve-

hicle. Along with the proper use of

seat belts, locking the doors helps

prevent the driver and passengers

from being thrown out from the ve-

hicle during an accident. It also helps

prevent the doors from being opened

unintentionally.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

You can select the following modes of

the automatic locking and unlocking

functions. The initial mode is mode 1.

DMode 1—Automatic locking linked

with the shift position

All doors are automatically locked when

the selector lever is moved out of the

“P” position after the ignition switch is

turned to the “ON” position and all the

doors are closed.

DMode 2—Functions cancelled

Automatic door locking and unlocking

functions do not activate in this mode.

DMode 3—Automatic locking and un-

locking linked with the shift position

Locking function—All doors are auto-

matically locked when the selector le-

ver is moved out of the “P” position

after the ignition switch is turned to the

“ON” position and all the doors are

closed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-

matically unlocked when the selector

lever is moved to the “P” position when

the ignition switch is turned to the

“ON” position.

DMode 4—Automatic locking and un-

locking linked with the shift position

and ignition switch

Locking function—All doors are auto-

matically locked when the selector le-

ver is moved out of the “P” position

after the ignition switch is turned to the

“ON” position and all the doors are

closed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-

matically unlocked when the ignition

switch is turned from the “ON” position

to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

CHANGING THE MODE

The mode toggles through from mode

1 to mode 4. To change the mode, do

the following:

1. Shift the selector lever into the “P”

position and close all doors.

2. Push the power door lock switch on

the rear side to unlock the doors.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”

position.

4. Within 10 seconds after the ignition

switch is turned to the “ON” position,

push and hold the power door lock

switch on the front side for about 5

seconds.

5. Open door warning light will flash to

indicate that the mode has been

changed.

The flashing of the open door warning

light indicates the mode which has been

selected.

DFlashing once, the function has

changed to mode 1.

DFlashing twice, the function has

changed to mode 2.

DFlashing three times, the function has

changed to mode 3.

DFlashing four times, the function has

changed to mode 4.

—Automatic door locking and

unlocking functions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Locking operation

Unlocking operation

The wireless remote control system is

designed to lock or unlock all the

doors, open the trunk lid, or activate

the “PANIC” mode from a distance

within approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the

vehicle.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE

DOORS

To lock or unlock all the doors, push

the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch of the

transmitter slowly and securely.

To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the

doors are locked simultaneously. At this

time one beep will be heard, and parking

lights, side marker lights, license plate

lights and tail lights flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securely

locked.

If any of the doors is not securely closed,

or if the key is in the ignition switch,

locking cannot be performed by the

“LOCK” switch and a beep will sound con-

tinuously for 10 seconds.

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch

once to unlock the driver’s door alone.

Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds

unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each

time the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, two

beeps will be heard, and the parking

lights, side marker lights, license plate

lights and tail lights flash twice.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,

unlocking cannot be performed by the

“UNLOCK” switch.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta-

neously with a key or wireless remote

control transmitter, the interior lights and

ignition switch light come on for about 15

seconds and then fade out, even if the

door is not opened. (For further informa-

tion, see “Interior light”, “Front personal

and interior lights” and “Ignition switch

light” in Section 1−5.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door after

using the wireless remote unlock feature.

If a door is not opened by then, all the

doors will be automatically locked again.

If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept

pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-

tion is not repeated. Release the switch

and then push again.

—Wireless remote control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPENING THE TRUNK LID

To open the trunk lid, push the trunk

lid open switch of the transmitter for 1

second. A long beep will sound.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,

the trunk lid cannot be opened by the

trunk lid open switch.

To open the trunk lid with the master key,

see “Trunk lid” in this Section.

“PANIC” SWITCH

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the

horn intermittently and flashes the

headlights, tail lights and interior light.

The “PANIC” switch is used to deter ve-

hicle theft when you witness anyone at-

tempting to break into or damage your

vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stop

alarm midway, do the following:

DPush the “PANIC” switch once again.

DUnlock any doors with the key or wire-

less remote control transmitter.

DOpen the trunk lid with the key or wire-

less remote control transmitter.

DTurn the key from the “LOCK” to “ON”

position.

The “PANIC” mode does not work when

the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF

You can switch the beep sound on and

off. (The beep sound is on initially and

after battery replacement.)

To switch the beep sound on and off:

With the driver’s door opened—

1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignition

key again and turn it to the “ON” posi-

tion.

3. After 10 seconds, push the same

“LOCK”, “UNLOCK”, “PANIC” or trunk

lid open switch twice within 10 sec-

onds.

Two beep sounds inform you that the

program has been switched on or off.

If this procedure is not followed exactly,

the beep sound will not operate as ex-

pected.

Check the beep sound ON/OFF operation

by pushing the transmitter switch after you

finish this procedure. If the beep does not

operate as expected, repeat this proce-

dure from step 1.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL

TRANSMITTER

The wireless remote control transmitter is

an electronic component. Observe the fol-

lowing instructions in order not to cause

damage to the transmitter.

DDo not leave the transmitter in places

where the temperature becomes high

such as on the dashboard.

DDo not disassemble it.

DAvoid knocking it hard against other

objects or dropping it.

DAvoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-

trol transmitters for the same vehicle.

Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed

information.

If the wireless remote control transmitter

does not actuate the doors or trunk lid, or

operate from a normal distance:

DCheck for closeness to a radio trans-

mitter such as a radio station or an

airport which can interfere with normal

operation of the transmitter.

DThe battery may have been consumed.

Check the battery in the transmitter. To

replace the battery, see following

“REPLACING TRANSMITTER

BATTERY”.

If you lose your transmitter, contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to

avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-

dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-

mote control transmitter” in Section 4.)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, includ-

ing interference that may cause unde-

sired operation.

NOTICE:

This equipment has been tested and

found to comply with the limits for a

Class B digital device, pursuant to Part

15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are

designed to provide reasonable protec-

tion against harmful interference in a

residential installation. This equipment

generates, uses and can radiate radio

frequency energy and, if not installed

and used in accordance with the instruc-

tions, may cause harmful interference to

radio communications. However, there

is no guarantee that interference will not

occur in a particular installation. If this

equipment does cause harmful interfer-

ence to radio or television reception,

which can be determined by turning the

equipment off and on, the user is en-

couraged to try to correct the interfer-

ence by one or more of the following

measures:

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DReorient or relocate the receiving an-

tenna.

DIncrease the separation between the

equipment and receiver.

DConnect the equipment into an outlet

on a circuit different from that to

which the receiver is connected.

DConsult the dealer or an experienced

radio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:

Changes or modifications not ex-

pressly approved by the party respon-

sible for compliance could void the

user’s authority to operate the equip-

ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-

ence, and (2) this device must accept

any interference, including interference

that may cause undesired operation of

the device.

REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY

For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium

battery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-

vent small children from swallowing

the removed transmitter battery or

components.

NOTICE

zWhen replacing the transmitter bat-

tery, be careful not to lose the com-

ponents.

zReplace only with the same or

equivalent type recommended by a

Toyota dealer.

zDispose of used batteries according

to the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by follow-

ing these procedures:

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the

transmitter case.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-

tery by ballpoint pen. Insert the tip of

ballpoint pen at the guide groove and

lift as shown in the above illustration.

NOTICE

Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put in a new transmitter battery with

positive (+) side up.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

zMake sure the positive side and

negative side of the transmitter bat-

tery are faced correctly.

zDo not replace the battery with wet

hands. Water may cause unexpected

rust.

zDo not touch or move any compo-

nents inside the transmitter, or it

may interfere with proper operation.

zBe careful not to bend the electrode

when inserting the transmitter bat-

tery and that dust or oils do not

adhere to the transmitter case.

zClose the transmitter case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that the

transmitter operates properly. If the trans-

mitter still does not operate properly, con-

tact your Toyota dealer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The windows can be operated with the

switch on each door.

The power windows work when the ignition

switch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: All windows work for

43 seconds even after the ignition switch

is turned off. They stop working when ei-

ther front door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves as

long as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.

To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Automatic operation: Push the switch

completely down or pull it completely up,

and then release it. The window will fully

open or close. To stop the window part-

way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-

site direction and then release it.

Jam protection function: During automat-

ic closing operation or key off closing op-

eration, the window stops and opens half

way if something gets caught between the

window and window frame.

If the window receives a strong impact,

this function may work even if nothing is

caught.

CAUTION

DNever try jamming any part of your

body to activate the jam protection

function intentionally.

DThe jam protection function may

not work if something gets caught

just before the window is fully

closed.

Power windows

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Window

lock switch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’

WINDOWS

Use the switches on the passengers’

doors. The driver’s door also has

switches that control the passengers’

windows.

The window moves as long as you hold

the switch.

To open: Push down the switch.

To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch on

the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows

cannot be operated.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you

must do the following.

DBefore you close the power win-

dows, always make sure there is

nobody around the power windows.

You must also make sure the

heads, hands and other parts of the

bodies of all occupants are kept

completely inside the vehicle. If

someone’s neck, head or hands get

caught in a closing window, it

could result in a serious injury.

When anyone closes the power win-

dows, make sure he or she oper-

ates the windows safely.

DWhen small children are in the ve-

hicle, never let them use the power

window switches without supervi-

sion. Use the window lock switch to

prevent them from making unex-

pected use of the switches.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DBe sure to remove the ignition key

when you leave your vehicle.

DNever leave anyone (particularly a

small child) alone in your vehicle,

especially with the ignition key still

inserted. Otherwise, he/she could

use the power window switches and

get trapped in a window. Unat-

tended person (particularly a small

child) can be involved in a serious

accident.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,

insert the master key and turn it clock-

wise.

See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for

precautions when loading luggage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and press

down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try

pulling it up to make sure it is securely

closed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-

tem—The trunk lid can be opened with the

wireless remote control transmitter, see

“—Wireless remote control” in this Sec-

tion.

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-

ing. This not only keeps the luggage

from being thrown out but also pre-

vents exhaust gases from entering

the vehicle.

Trunk lid

(lock release lever type)—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To open the trunk lid from the driver’s

seat, pull up on the lock release lever.

To deactivate this lock release lever from

opening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage se-

curity system” described below.

This system deactivates the lock re-

lease lever so that things locked in the

trunk can be protected.

1. After closing the armrest door, insert

the master key and turn it clockwise

to lock the armrest door.

2. After closing the trunk lid, insert the

master key and turn it counterclock-

wise to deactivate the lock release

lever.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up

to make sure it is securely locked.

—Lock release lever —Luggage security system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If a person is locked in the trunk,

he/she can pull down the phosphores-

cent handle on the inside of trunk lid

to open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)

handle will continue to glow for a time

after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the

handle to stronger light will cause it to

glow longer.

CAUTION

DAlways lock the trunk lid and all

doors, and keep away the vehicle

keys out of children’s reach.

DNever leave children unattended in

the vehicle. Unsupervised children

may lock themselves in the vehicle

or trunk and suffer serious injuries

or death.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,

insert the master key and turn it clock-

wise.

See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for

precautions when loading luggage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and press

down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try

pulling it up to make sure it is securely

closed.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-

tem—The trunk lid can be opened with the

wireless remote control transmitter, see

“—Wireless remote control” in this Sec-

tion.

—Internal trunk release handle

Trunk lid

(lock release switch type)—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-

ing. This not only keeps the luggage

from being thrown out but also pre-

vents exhaust gases from entering

the vehicle.

To open the trunk lid from the driver’s

seat, push the lock release switch.

To deactivate this lock release switch from

opening the trunk lid, see “—Trunk opener

main switch” described below.

On Off

If you do not want to activate the trunk

lid opener system, turn off the trunk

opener main switch in the glove box.

To turn it on, push in the trunk opener

main switch.

—Lock release switch —Trunk opener main switch

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This system helps protect things locked

in the trunk by safeguarding the trunk

opener main switch from unwanted ac-

cess.

1. To cancel the lock release switch,

turn off the trunk opener main

switch in the glove box.

2. After closing the glove box lid, in-

sert the master key into the glove

box lock and turn it clockwise to

safeguard the lock release switch.

3. After closing the armrest door, insert

the master key and turn it clockwise

to lock the armrest door.

After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up

to make sure it is securely locked.

—Luggage security system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If a person is locked in the trunk,

he/she can pull down the phosphores-

cent handle on the inside of trunk lid

to open the trunk lid.

The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)

handle will continue to glow for a time

after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the

handle to stronger light will cause it to

glow longer.

CAUTION

DAlways lock the trunk lid and all

doors, and keep away the vehicle

keys out of children’s reach.

DNever leave children unattended in

the vehicle. Unsupervised children

may lock themselves in the vehicle

or trunk and suffer serious injuries

or death.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The

hood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hood

is closed and securely locked. Other-

wise, the hood may open unexpected-

ly while driving and an accident may

occur.

—Internal trunk release handle Hood

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the

auxiliary catch lever and lift the

hood.

Before closing the hood, check to see that

you have not forgotten any tools, rags,

etc. Then lower the hood and make sure

it locks into place. If necessary, press

down gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter vehicle theft, the system is

designed to sound an alarm if any of

the doors, trunk or hood is forcibly un-

locked or the battery terminal is discon-

nected and then reconnected when the

vehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittently

and flashes the headlights, tail lights and

interior light.

SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”

position and remove it.

The indicator light will start flashing when

the key is removed from the ignition

switch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”

for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle.

3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk and

hood.

The indicator light will remain on when all

the doors, trunk and hood are closed and

locked.

Theft deterrent system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The system will automatically be set after

30 seconds. When the system is set, the

indicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator light

starts flashing, you may leave the ve-

hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle when

you set the system, because unlocking

from the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will sound the alarm under

the following conditions:

DIf any of the doors is unlocked or if

the trunk or hood is forcibly opened

without the key or wireless remote con-

trol transmitter.

DIf the battery terminal is disconnected

and then reconnected.

DIf the ignition is hotwired.

The indicator light will come on when the

system is activated.

If any of the doors is unlocked without the

key or wireless remote control transmitter

and the key is not in the ignition switch,

all the doors will be automatically locked

again.

After one minute, the alarm will automati-

cally stop and the indicator light will start

flashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resets

the alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under the

same circumstances described in

“Activating the system”.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the following

three ways:

DTurn the ignition key from the “LOCK”

to “ON” position.

DUnlock any of the doors with the key

or wireless remote control transmitter.

DOpen the trunk with the key or wireless

remote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by the

above mentioned 3 ways.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,

the theft deterrent system has been

alarmed. Check to see if there is any

abnormality with your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above.

The doors should be locked with the

key or wireless remote control transmit-

ter. Be sure to wait until the indicator

light starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. The

system should activate the alarm.

4. Stop the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the other

doors, trunk and hood. When testing

the hood, also check that the system

is activated when the battery terminal

is disconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly,

have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This indicates that the fuel filler door

is on the left side of your vehicle.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the

lever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

DDo not smoke, cause sparks or al-

low open flames when refueling.

The fumes are flammable.

DWhen opening the cap, do not re-

move the cap quickly. In hot weath-

er, fuel under pressure could cause

injury by spraying out of the filler

neck if the cap is suddenly re-

moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn

the cap slowly counterclockwise,

then pause slightly before removing

it. After removing the cap, hang it

on the cap hanger.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh

when the cap is opened. When installing,

turn the cap clockwise till you hear a

click.

If the cap is not tightened securely, the

malfunction indicator lamp comes on.

Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving

several times. If the indicator lamp does

not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as

soon as possible.

Fuel tank cap

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

DMake sure the cap is tightened se-

curely to prevent fuel spillage in

the event of an accident.

DUse only a genuine Toyota fuel tank

cap for replacement. It is designed

to regulate fuel tank pressure.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use the

switch beside the front personal lights.

The moon roof works when the ignition

switch is in the “ON” position.

The sun shade can be opened or closed

by hand.

Sliding operation—

To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDE

OPEN” side.

The roof will open and stop partway 10

mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened posi-

tion. When you push “SLIDE OPEN” side

again, the moon roof will open fully. To

stop the roof partway, push the switch on

either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”

side briefly while the roof is moving.

As driving with the moon roof opened fully

will cause wind throbs, we recommend

you to drive with the moon roof partway

10 mm (0.4 in.) from the fully opened

position.

The sun shade will be opened together

with the roof.

To close: Push the switch on the “TILT

UP” side.

The roof will fully close. To stop the roof

partway, push the switch on either the

“SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP” side briefly.

Electric moon roof

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILT

UP” side.

You may stop the moon roof at any de-

sired position. The roof will move while

the switch is being pushed and stop when

released.

To tilt down: Push the switch on the

“SLIDE OPEN” side.

Key off operation: If both front doors are

closed, it works for 43 seconds even after

the ignition switch is turned off. It stops

working when either front door is opened.

Jam protection function (closing opera-

tion only): If something gets caught be-

tween the moon roof and frame during

closing operation, the moon roof stops and

opens half way.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact,

this function may work even if nothing is

caught.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you

must do the following.

DWhile the vehicle is moving, always

keep the heads, hands and other

parts of the bodies of all occupants

away from the roof opening. Other-

wise, they could be seriously in-

jured if the vehicle stops suddenly

or if the vehicle is involved in an

accident.

DBefore you close the moon roof,

always make sure there is nobody

around the moon roof. You must

also make sure nobody places his

or her head, hands and other parts

of the body in the roof opening. If

someone’s neck, head or hands get

caught in the closing roof, it could

result in a serious injury. When

anyone closes the moon roof, first

make sure it is safe to do so.

DBe sure to remove the ignition key

when you leave your vehicle.

DNever leave anyone (particularly a

small child) alone in your vehicle,

especially with the ignition key still

inserted. Otherwise, he/she could

use the moon roof switches and get

trapped in the roof opening. Unat-

tended person (particularly a small

child) can be involved in a serious

accident.

DNever sit on top of the vehicle

around the roof opening.

DNever try jamming any part of your

body to activate the jam protection

function intentionally.

DThe jam protection function may

not work if something gets caught

just before the moon roof is fully

closed.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Occupant restraint systems

Seats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seats 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driving position memory system 46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trunk storage extension 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Head restraints 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Armrest 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat heaters 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat belts 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SRS side airbags 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Child restraint 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-

hicle occupants should have the seatback

upright, sit well back in the seat and prop-

erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

DDo not drive the vehicle unless the

occupants are properly seated. Do

not allow any passengers to sit on

top of a folded−down seatback, or

in the luggage compartment or car-

go area. Persons not properly

seated and/or not properly re-

strained by seat belts can be se-

verely injured in the event of emer-

gency braking or a collision.

DDuring driving, do not allow any

passengers to stand up or move

around between seats. Otherwise,

severe injuries can occur in the

event of emergency braking or a

collision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys with

considerable force, and can cause

death or serious injury especially if

the driver is very close to the airbag.

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbag

is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of

inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10

in.) from your driver airbag provides

you with a clear margin of safety.

This distance is measured from the

center of the steering wheel to your

breastbone. If you sit less than 250

mm (10 in.) away now, you can

change your driving position in sever-

al ways:

DMove your seat to the rear as far

as you can while still reaching the

pedals comfortably.

DSlightly recline the back of the

seat. Although vehicle designs vary,

many drivers can achieve the 250

mm (10 in.) distance, even with the

driver seat all the way forward, sim-

ply by reclining the back of the

seat somewhat. If reclining the back

of your seat makes it hard to see

the road, raise yourself by using a

firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise

the seat if your vehicle has that

feature.

DIf your steering wheel is adjustable,

tilt it downward. This points the air-

bag toward your chest instead of

your head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-

ommended by NHTSA above, while

still maintaining control of the foot

pedals, steering wheel, and your view

of the instrument panel controls.

Seats

Front seats—

—Front seat precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Front outside passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag also

deploys with considerable force, and

can cause death or serious injury es-

pecially if the front passenger is very

close to the airbag. The front passen-

ger seat should be as far from the

airbag as possible with the seatback

adjusted, so the front passenger sits

upright.

Front seats

CAUTION

SRS side airbags are installed in the

outboard side of the driver’s and

front passenger seats. Observe the

following precautions.

DDo not lean against the front door

when the vehicle is in use, since

the side airbag inflates with consid-

erable speed and force. Otherwise,

you may be killed or seriously in-

jured.

DDo not use seat accessories which

cover the area where the side air-

bags inflate. Such accessories may

prevent the side airbags from acti-

vating correctly, causing death or

serious injury.

DDo not modify or replace the seats

or upholstery of the seats with side

airbags. Such change may prevent

the side airbag system from activat-

ing correctly, disable the system or

cause the side airbag system to in-

flate accidentally, resulting in death

or serious injury.

CAUTION

DDo not adjust the seat while the

vehicle is moving as the seat may

unexpectedly move and cause the

driver to lose control of the vehicle.

DBe careful that the seat does not

hit a passenger or luggage.

DAfter adjusting the seat position, re-

lease the lever and try sliding the

seat forward and backward to make

sure it is locked in position.

DAfter adjusting the seatback, push

your body back against the seat to

make sure the seat is locked in

position.

DDo not put objects under the seats.

Otherwise, the objects may interfere

with the seat−lock mechanism or

unexpectedly push up the seat posi-

tion adjusting lever and the seat

may suddenly move, causing the

driver to lose control of the vehicle.

DWhile adjusting the seat, do not put

your hands under the seat or near

the moving parts. Otherwise, your

hands or fingers may be caught and

injured.

—Seat adjustment precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull it

up. Then slide the seat to the desired

position with slight body pressure and

release the lever.

2. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTING

KNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING

LEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.

Then lean back to the desired angle

and release the lever.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding under

the lap belt during a collision, avoid

reclining the seatback any more than

needed. The seat belts provide maxi-

mum protection in a frontal or rear

collision when the driver and the

front passenger are sitting up straight

and well back in the seats. If you are

reclined, the lap belt may slide past

your hips and apply restraint forces

directly to the abdomen. In the event

of a frontal collision, the more the

seat is reclined, the greater the risk

of personal injury.

—Adjusting front seats

(manual seat)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHION

ANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desired

direction.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat at

that position.

Do not place anything under the front

seats, as this might interfere with the seat

movement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING

SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desired

direction.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-

back at that position.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding under

the lap belt during a collision, avoid

reclining the seatback any more than

needed. The seat belts provide maxi-

mum protection in a frontal or rear

collision when the driver and the

front passenger are sitting up straight

and well back in the seats. If you are

reclined, the lap belt may slide past

your hips and apply restraint forces

directly to the abdomen. In the event

of a frontal collision, the more the

seat is reclined, the greater the risk

of personal injury.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT

ADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will change

while the switch is pushed.

—Adjusting front seats (power

seat)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The micro computer can memorize the

position of the driver’s seat and outside

rear view mirror. Two different driving

position profiles can be entered into

computer’s memory.

Recording a driving position in the

computer’s memory can only be done

when the ignition key is in the “ON”

position and the automatic transmission

selector lever is in the “P” position.

SETTING THE DRIVING POSITION

1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside

rear view mirror to the desired posi-

tion.

2. While pushing the “SET” button,

push button “1” or “2” until the sig-

nal beeps.

The beep sound means that the positions

are recorded in the computer’s memory.

By repeating these two steps and pressing

the remaining button, the driving position

for another driver can be recorded.

To set a new memorized position, select

the desired position and perform step 2.

The previous memory will be erased and

a new position will be set.

To make only slight changes to an already

memorized position, the easiest way is to

first activate the memorized position, then

make the desired changes and perform

step 2 above.

Driving position memory

system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

RECALLING THE MEMORIZED POSITION

When you push button “1” or “2”, the

driving position will be automatically

adjusted to the position recorded for

that button.

CONDITIONS FOR MEMORIZED

POSITION ACTIVATION

DIgnition key “ON” and shift lever in “P”

position

All parts of the memorized positions

can be activated. However, if the brake

pedal is being depressed, the seat

position will not change.

DKey not in ignition switch and within 30

seconds of opening driver’s door

The memorized position can be acti-

vated.

If any driving position memory switch is

pushed while one of the memorized driv-

ing position profiles is being activated, the

operation will stop.

To reactivate the system, push the desired

button (“1” or “2”) again.

The driving position memory control sys-

tem cannot be operated while the vehicle

is moving.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected,

the computer’s memory will be erased and

the memorized position will have to be set

again.

CAUTION

DDo not start the vehicle while the

adjustment are being made.

DTake care not to select the wrong

button, or the seat could strike the

rear passenger or hit your body

against the steering wheel. If this

happens, you can stop the move-

ment by pressing another driving

position memory switch, or de-

pressing the brake pedal.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Pull down the armrest in the rear

seat.

2. Push down the handle of the armrest

door and open the armrest door.

Access to the trunk can be prevented by

locking the armrest door with the master

key.

To lock, turn the key clockwise.

See “Cargo and luggage” in Section 2 for

precautions when loading luggage.

CAUTION

Be sure to close the door when the

trunk storage extension is not in use.

Luggage or cargo in the trunk may be

thrown into the passenger compart-

ment in a sudden stop or crash re-

sulting in injury.

Trunk storage extension

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Front

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust the

head restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.

To lower: Push it down while pressing the

lock release button.

Rear center head restraint—When an oc-

cupant sits on the rear center seat, al-

ways pull up the rear center head re-

straint to the lock position.

The head restraint is most effective when

it is close to your head. Therefore, using

a cushion on the seatback is not recom-

mended.

CAUTION

DAdjust the center of the head re-

straint so that it is closest to the

top of your ears.

DAfter adjusting the head restraint,

make sure it is locked in position.

DDo not drive with the head re-

straints removed.

Front (bench type front seat only)

Rear

Head restraints Armrest

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Front—To use the armrest, pull up the

strap and pull down the armrest as

shown above.

Rear—To use the armrest, pull it down

as shown above.

For driver

For front outside passenger

To turn on the seat heater, push the

switch.

At this time, the indicator light will illu-

minate to indicate the seat heater is

operating.

The key must be in the “ON” position to

operate seat heaters.

Pushing the switch again will turn it off.

CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-

erating the seat heater because it

may make them feel too hot or cause

burns at low temperatures (erythema,

varicella). Use extra caution for;

DBabies, small children, elderly per-

sons, sick persons or persons with

physical disabilities

DPersons who have delicate skin

DPersons who are exhausted

DPersons who have taken alcohol or

drugs which induce sleep (sleeping

drug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, do

not use the seat heater with a blan-

ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-

jects which cover the seat.

Seat heaters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

zDo not put unevenly weighed ob-

jects on the seat and do not stick

sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)

into the seat.

zWhen cleaning the seats, do not

use organic substances (paint thin-

ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,

etc.). They may damage the heater

and seat surface.

zTo prevent the battery from being

discharge, turn the switch off when

the engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and

passengers in the vehicle be properly re-

strained at all times with the seat belts

provided. Failure to do so could increase

the chance of injury and/or the severity of

injury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicle

are designed for people of adult size,

large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-

propriate for the child until the child be-

comes large enough to properly wear the

vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”

in this Section for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraint

system, the child should sit in the rear

seat and must be restrained using the

vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident

statistics, the child is safer when properly

restrained in the rear seat than in the

front seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, the

seat belts should be worn properly. If an

accident occurs and the seat belts are not

worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-

tion of the airbag may cause death or

serious injury to the child.

Do not allow any children to stand up or

kneel on either rear or front seats. An

unrestrained child could suffer serious in-

jury or death during emergency braking or

a collision. Also, do not let the child sit

on your lap. Holding a child in your arms

does not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the

use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for

specific recommendations. The lap belt

should be worn securely and as low as

possible over the hips and not on the

waist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends the

use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-

ry, first check with your doctor for specific

recommendations.

Seat belts—

—Seat belt precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seats

properly wearing their seat belts

whenever the vehicle is moving.

Otherwise, they are much more likely

to suffer serious bodily injury or

death in the event of sudden braking

or a collision.

When using the seat belts, observe

the following:

DUse the belt for only one person at

a time. Do not use a single belt for

two or more people—even children.

DTo reduce the risk of sliding under

the lap belt during a collision,

avoid reclining the seatback any

more than needed. The seat belts

provide maximum protection in a

frontal or rear collision when the

driver and the front passenger are

sitting up straight and well back in

the seats. If you are reclined, the

lap belt may slide past your hips

and apply restraint forces directly

to the abdomen. In the event of a

frontal collision, the more the seat

is reclined, the greater the risk of

personal injury.

DBe careful not to damage the belt

webbing or hardware. Take care that

they do not get caught or pinched

in the seat or doors.

DInspect the belt system periodically.

Check for cuts, fraying, and loose

parts. Damaged parts should be re-

placed. Do not disassemble or

modify the system.

DKeep the belts clean and dry. If

they need cleaning, use a mild soap

solution or lukewarm water. Never

use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-

ers, or allow them to come into

contact with the belt—they may se-

verely weaken the belts. (See

“Cleaning the interior” in Section

5.)

DReplace the belt assembly (includ-

ing bolts) if it has been used in a

severe impact. The entire assembly

should be replaced even if damage

is not obvious.

Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit up

straight and well back in the seat. To

fasten your belt, pull it out of the re-

tractor and insert the tab into the

buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks

into the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjusts

to your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during a

sudden stop or on impact. It also may

lock if you lean forward too quickly. A

slow, easy motion will allow the belt to

extend, and you can move around freely.

—Fastening front outside and

rear seat belts (3−point type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-

pletely extended and is then retracted

even slightly, the belt is locked in that

position and cannot be extended. This fea-

ture is used to hold the child restraint

system securely. (For details, see “Child

restraint” in this Section.) To free the belt

again, fully retract the belt and then pull

the belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the

retractor, firmly pull the belt and release

it. You will then be able to smoothly pull

the belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the belt is not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you

from properly latching the tab and

buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat

until the seat belt is fixed, because

it cannot protect an adult occupant

or your child from injury.

Tak e u p

slack

Too h i gh

Keep as low on

hips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap and

shoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possible

on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-

just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder

portion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

DBoth high−positioned lap belts and

loose−fitting belts could cause seri-

ous injuries due to sliding under

the lap belt during a collision or

other unintended event. Keep the

lap belt positioned as low on hips

as possible.

DDo not place the shoulder belt un-

der your arm.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder

anchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position to

your size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.

To lower: Push in the lock release button

and slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor is

locked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder belt

is positioned across the center of

your shoulder. The belt should be

kept away from your neck, but not

falling off your shoulder. Failure to

do so could reduce the amount of

protection in an accident and cause

serious injuries in a collision.

To release the belt, press the buckle

release button and allow the belt to

retract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull

it out and check for kinks or twists. Then

make sure it remains untwisted as it re-

tracts.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in the

seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab

into the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks

into the buckle.

If the belt is not long enough for you, hold

the tab at a right angle to the belt and

pull on the tab.

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the belt is not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you

from properly latching the tab and

buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat

until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot

protect an adult occupant or your

child from injury.

Too h i gh

Adjust to

a snug fit

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt and

adjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end of

the belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possible

on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-

just it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both high−positioned and loose−fit-

ting lap belts could cause serious in-

juries due to sliding under the lap

belt during a collision or other unin-

tended result. Keep the lap belt posi-

tioned as low on hips as possible.

—Fastening front center seat

belt (2−point type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To release the belt, press the buckle

release button.

The front center seat belt can be

stowed when not in use.

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-

curely because they are not long enough,

a personalized seat belt extender is avail-

able from your Toyota dealer free of

charge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer to

order the proper required length for the

extender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-

pect to wear for proper measurement and

selection of length. Additional ordering in-

formation is available at your Toyota deal-

er.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,

observe the following precautions.

Failure to follow these instructions

could reduce the effectiveness of the

seat belt restraint system in case of

an accident, increasing the chance of

personal injury.

DRemember that the extender pro-

vided for you may not be safe when

used on a different vehicle, for

another person or at a different

seating position, than the one origi-

nally intended.

—Stowing the front center

seat belt —Seat belt extender

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DIf the seat belt extender has been

connected to the driver’s seat belt

buckle without wearing the seat belt

when using the extender in the

driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-

bag system will judge that the driv-

er wears the seat belt even if not

wearing it. In this case, the driver’s

airbag may not activate correctly,

causing death or serious injury in

the event of collision. Be sure to

wear the seat belt with the seat belt

extender.

DBe sure to wear the seat belt with-

out the seat belt extender if you

can fasten the seat belt without the

extender.

DDo not use the seat belt extender

when installing a child restraint

system on the front or rear passen-

ger seat. If installing a child re-

straint system with the seat belt

extender connected to the seat belt,

the seat belt will not securely hold

the child restraint system, which

could cause death or serious injury

to the child or other passengers in

the event of collision.

To connect the extender to the seat

belt, insert the tab into the seat belt

buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on

the buckle release buttons of the ex-

tender and the seat belt are both facing

outward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locks

into the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press on

the buckle release button on the extender,

not on the seat belt. This helps prevent

damage to the vehicle interior and extend-

er itself.

When not in use, remove the extender

and store in the vehicle for future use.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the lap and shoulder portion of

the belt and the seat belt extender

are not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you

from properly latching the tab and

buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat

until the seat belt is fixed, because

it cannot protect an adult occupant

or your child from injury.

The driver and front outside passenger

seat belt pretensioners are designed to

be activated in response to a severe

frontal impact.

When the sensor detects a severe frontal

impact, the front outside seat belts are

quickly drawn back by the retractors so

that the belts snugly restrain the occu-

pants.

The front outside seat belt pretensioners

are activated even with no passenger in

the front outside seat.

The front outside seat belt pretensioners

and SRS airbags may not operate together

in all collisions.

Collisions occurring at certain speeds and

angles may cause the seat belt preten-

sioners and SRS airbags not to operate

all together.

—Seat belt pretensioners

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The front outside seat belt pretensioner

system consists mainly of the following

components and their locations are shown

in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front outside seat belt pretensioners

are controlled by the airbag sensor as-

sembly. The airbag sensor assembly con-

sists of a safing sensor and airbag sen-

sor.

When the front outside seat belt preten-

sioners are activated, an operating noise

may be heard and a small amount of non−

toxic gas may be released. This does not

indicate that a fire is occurring. This gas

is normally harmless.

Once the front outside seat belt preten-

sioners have been activated, the seat belt

retractors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or open

the front seat belt pretensioner as-

semblies, airbag sensor or surround-

ing area or wiring. Failure to follow

these instructions may prevent the

front outside seat belt pretensioners

from activating correctly, cause sud-

den operation of the system or dis-

able the system, which could result in

death or serious injury. Consult your

Toyota dealer about any repair and

modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following

changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can

interfere with proper operation of the

front outside seat belt pretensioners

in some cases.

zInstallation of electronic devices

such as a mobile two−way radio,

cassette tape player or compact

disc player

zRepairs on or near the front seat

belt retractor assemblies

zModification of the suspension sys-

tem

zModification of the front end struc-

ture

zAttachment of a grille guard (bull

bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,

winches or any other equipment to

the front end

zRepairs made on or near the front

fenders, front end structure or con-

sole

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-

tion key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This

means the front outside seat belt pre-

tensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the

airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-

sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat

position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle

switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-

blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-

ing wiring and power sources. (For details,

see “Service reminder indicators and

warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,

this indicates a malfunction of the airbags

or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion or remains on for more than 6

seconds or flashes.

DThe light comes on or starts flashing

while driving.

DIf any front outside seat belt does not

retract or cannot be pulled out due to

a malfunction or activation of the rele-

vant front outside seat belt pretension-

er.

DThe seat belt pretensioner assembly or

surrounding area has been damaged.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer as soon as possible:

DThe front of the vehicle (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident

that was not severe enough to cause

the front outside seat belt pretension-

ers to operate.

DEither front outside seat belt preten-

sioner assembly or surrounding area is

scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-

aged.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-

tem) front airbags are designed to pro-

vide further protection for occupants in

the following seats in addition to the

primary safety protection provided by

the seat belts.

DVehicles with bucket front seats—The

SRS front airbags are designed to pro-

tect the driver and front passenger.

DVehicles with bench type front seats—

The SRS front airbags are designed to

protect the driver and front outside

passenger, and they are not designed

to protect an occupant in the front cen-

ter seating position.

In response to a severe frontal impact,

the SRS front airbags work together with

the seat belts to help reduce injury by

inflating. The SRS front airbags help re-

duce injuries mainly to the driver’s or front

passenger’s head or chest caused by hit-

ting the vehicle interior.

The front passenger airbag is activated

even with no passenger in the front seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

DThe SRS front airbag system is de-

signed only as a supplement to the

primary protection of the driver and

front passenger seat belt systems.

The driver and front passenger can

be killed or seriously injured by the

inflating airbags if they do not wear

the available seat belts properly.

During sudden braking just before

a collision, an unrestrained driver

or front passenger can move for-

ward into direct contact with or

close proximity to the airbag which

may then deploy during the colli-

sion. To ensure maximum protection

in an accident, the driver and all

passengers in the vehicle must

wear their seat belts properly. Wear-

ing a seat belt properly during an

accident reduces the chances of

death or serious injury or being

thrown out of the vehicle. For

instructions and precautions con-

cerning the seat belt system, see

“Seat belts” in this Section.

SRS driver airbag and front

passenger airbag

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DImproperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed

or seriously injured by the deploy-

ing front airbags. An infant or child

who is too small to use a seat belt

should be properly secured using a

child restraint system. Toyota

strongly recommends that all in-

fants and children be placed in the

rear seat of the vehicle and proper-

ly restrained. The rear seat is the

safest for infants and children. For

instructions concerning the installa-

tion of a child restraint system, see

“Child restraint” in this Section.

The SRS front airbags are designed to

deploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-

sions where the magnitude and duration

of the forward deceleration of the ve-

hicle exceeds the designed threshold

level.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if the

severity of the impact is above the de-

signed threshold level, comparable to an

approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision

when the vehicles has the impact straight

into a fixed barrier that does not move or

deform.

However, this threshold velocity will be

considerably higher if the vehicle strikes

an object, such as a parked vehicle or

sign pole, which can move or deform on

impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an

underride collision (e.g. a collision in

which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,

or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions

where the forward deceleration of the ve-

hicle is very close to the designed thresh-

old level, the SRS front airbags and the

seat belt pretensioners may not activate

together.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the side

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are generally not

designed to inflate if the vehicle is in-

volved in a side or rear collision, if it

rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−

speed frontal collision. But, whenever a

collision of any type causes sufficient

forward deceleration of the vehicle, de-

ployment of the SRS front airbags may

occur.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Hitting a curb,

edge of pavement

or hard surface

Falling into or

jumping over a

deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deploy

if a serious impact occurs to the under-

side of your vehicle. Some examples

are shown in the illustration.

The SRS front airbag system mainly con-

sists of the following components, and

their locations are shown in the illustra-

tion.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. Airbag module for driver

(airbag and inflator)

3. Airbag module for front passenger

(airbag and inflator)

4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

5. Driver’s seat position sensor

6. Airbag sensor assembly

7. SRS warning light

The airbag sensor assembly consists of a

safing sensor and airbag sensor.

The front airbag sensors constantly moni-

tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.

If an impact results in a forward decelera-

tion beyond the designed threshold level,

the system triggers the airbag inflators. At

this time a chemical reaction in the infla-

tors very quickly fills the airbags with

non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward

motion of the occupants. The front airbags

then quickly deflate, so that there is no

obstruction of the driver’s vision should it

be necessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a

loud noise and release some smoke and

residue along with non−toxic gas. This

does not indicate a fire. This smoke may

remain inside the vehicle for some time,

and may cause some minor irritation to

the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to

wash off any residue as soon as possible

to prevent any potential skin irritation with

soap and water. If you can safely exit

from the vehicle, you should do so imme-

diately.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Deployment of the airbags happens in a

fraction of a second, so the airbags must

inflate with considerable force. While the

system is designed to reduce serious inju-

ries, primarily to the head and chest, it

may also cause other, less severe injuries

to the face, chest, arms and hands. These

are usually in the nature of minor burns

or abrasions and swelling, but the force of

a deploying airbag can cause more seri-

ous injuries, especially if an occupant’s

hands, arms, chest or head is in close

proximity to the airbag module at the time

of deployment. This is why it is important

for the occupant to: avoid placing any

object or part of the body between the

occupant and the airbag module; sit

straight and well back into the seat; wear

the available seat belt properly; and sit as

far as possible from the airbag module,

while still maintaining control of the ve-

hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel

hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot

for several minutes after deployment, so

do not touch! The airbags inflate only

once. The windshield may be damaged by

absorbing some of the force of the inflat-

ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who is

too close to the steering wheel or

dashboard during airbag deployment

can be killed or seriously injured.

Toyota strongly recommends that:

DThe driver sit as far back as pos-

sible from the steering wheel while

still maintaining control of the ve-

hicle.

DThe front passenger sit as far back

as possible from the dashboard.

DAll vehicle occupants be properly

restrained using the available seat

belts.

DIf the seat belt extender has been

connected to the driver’s seat belt

buckle without wearing the seat belt

when using the extender in the

driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-

bag system will judge that the driv-

er wears the seat belt even if not

wearing it. In this case, the driver’s

airbag may not activate correctly,

causing death or serious injury in

the event of collision. Be sure to

wear the seat belt with the seat belt

extender.

For instructions and precautions con-

cerning the seating position, see

“—Front seat precautions” in this

Section.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not sit on the edge of the seat

or lean against the dashboard when

the vehicle is in use, since the

front passenger airbag could inflate

with considerable speed and force.

Anyone who is up against, or very

close to, an airbag when it inflates,

can be killed or seriously injured.

Sit up straight and well back in the

seat, and always use your seat belt

properly.

DToyota strongly recommends that all

infants and children be placed in

the rear seat of the vehicle and be

properly restrained.

DDo not allow a child to stand up or

kneel on the front passenger seat,

since the front passenger airbag

could inflate with considerable

speed and force. Otherwise, the

child may be killed or seriously in-

jured.

DDo not hold a child on your lap or

in your arms. Use a child restraint

system in the rear seat. For instruc-

tions concerning the installation of

a child restraint system, see “Child

restraint” in this Section.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not put anything or any part of

your body on or in front of the

dashboard or steering wheel pad

that houses the front airbag sys-

tem. They might restrict inflation or

cause death or serious injury as

they are projected rearward by the

force of the deploying airbags. Like-

wise, the driver and front passenger

should not hold objects in their

arms or on their knees.

DDo not modify or remove any wir-

ing. Do not modify, remove, strike

or open any components such as

the steering wheel pad, steering

wheel, column cover, dashboard

near the front passenger airbag,

front passenger airbag cover, front

passenger airbag or airbag sensor

assembly. Doing so may prevent the

front airbag system from activating

correctly, cause sudden activation

of the system or disable the sys-

tem, which could result in death or

serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions

can result in death or serious injury.

Consult your Toyota dealer about any

repair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following

changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can

interfere with proper operation of the

SRS front airbag system in some

cases.

zInstallation of electronic devices

such as a mobile two−way radio,

cassette tape player or compact

disc player

zModification of the suspension sys-

tem

zModification of the front end struc-

ture

zAttachment of a grille guard (bull

bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,

winches or any other equipment to

the front end

zRepairs made on or near the front

fenders, front end structure, con-

sole, steering column, steering

wheel or dashboard near the front

passenger airbag

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-

tion key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This

means the SRS front airbags are oper-

ating properly.

This warning light system monitors the

airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-

sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat

position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle

switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,

inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-

ing and power sources. (For details, see

“Service remainder indicators and warning

buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If either of the following conditions occurs,

this indicates a malfunction of the airbags

or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion or remains on for more than 6

seconds or flashes.

DThe light comes on or starts flashing

while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer as soon as possible:

DThe SRS front airbags have been in-

flated.

DThe front of the vehicle (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident

that was not severe enough to cause

the SRS front airbags to inflate.

DThe pad section of the steering wheel

or front passenger airbag cover

(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,

cracked, or otherwise damaged.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables

before contacting your Toyota dealer.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-

tem) side airbags are designed to pro-

vide further protection for occupants in

the following seats in addition to the

primary safety protection provided by

the seat belts.

DVehicles with bucket front seats—The

SRS side airbags are designed to pro-

tect the driver and front passenger.

DVehicles with bench type front seats—

The SRS side airbags are designed to

protect the driver and front outside

passenger. They are not designed to

protect occupant in the center position.

In response to a severe side impact, the

SRS side airbags work together with the

seat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-

ing. The SRS side airbags help to reduce

injuries mainly to the driver’s or front out-

side passenger’s chest.

The SRS side airbag on the passenger

seat is activated even with no passenger

in the front outside seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

DThe SRS side airbag system is de-

signed only as a supplement to the

primary protection of the driver and

front passenger seat belt systems.

To ensure maximum protection in

an accident, the driver and all pas-

sengers in the vehicle must wear

their seat belts properly. Wearing a

seat belt properly during an acci-

dent reduces the chances of death

or serious injury or being thrown

out of the vehicle. For instructions

and precautions concerning the seat

belt system, see “Seat belts” in this

Section.

SRS side airbags

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not allow anyone to lean his/her

head or any part of his/her body

against the door or the area of the

seat from which the SRS side air-

bag deploys even if he/she is a

child seated in the child restraint

system. It is dangerous if the SRS

side airbag inflates, and the impact

of the deploying airbag could cause

death or serious injury to occupant.

DImproperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed

or seriously injured by the deploy-

ing airbags. An infant or child who

is too small to use a seat belt

should be properly secured using a

child restraint system. Toyota

strongly recommends that all in-

fants and children be placed in the

rear seats of the vehicle and prop-

erly restrained. The rear seats are

the safest for infants and children.

For instructions concerning the

installation of a child restraint sys-

tem, see “Child restraint” in this

Section.

The SRS side airbag system may not

activate if the vehicle is subjected to a

collision from the side at certain

angles, or a collision to the side of the

vehicle body other than the passenger

compartment as shown in the illustra-

tion.

The SRS side airbags are designed to

inflate when the passenger compartment

area suffers a severe impact from the

side.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the front

Collision from the rear

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags are not generally

designed to inflate if the vehicle is in-

volved in a front or rear collision, if it

rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−

speed side collision.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The SRS side airbag system mainly con-

sists of the following components, and

their locations are shown in the illustra-

tion.

1. SRS warning light

2. Airbag sensor assembly

3. Side airbag modules

(airbag and inflator)

4. Side airbag sensors

The SRS side airbag system is controlled

by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag

sensor assembly consists of a safing sen-

sor and airbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side airbag

sensor triggers the side airbag inflators.

At this time a chemical reaction in the

inflators quickly fills the airbags with non−

toxic gas to help restrain the lateral mo-

tion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a

fairly loud noise and release some smoke

and residue along with non−toxic gas. This

does not indicate a fire. This smoke may

remain inside the vehicle for some time,

and may cause some minor irritation to

the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to

wash off any residue as soon as possible

to prevent any potential skin irritation with

soap and water. If you can safely exit

from the vehicle, you should do so imme-

diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a

fraction of a second, so the airbags must

inflate with considerable force. While the

system is designed to reduce serious inju-

ries, it may also cause minor burns or

abrasions and swelling.

Front seats may be hot for several min-

utes, but the airbags themselves will not

be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate

only once.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags inflate with consid-

erable force. To reduce the possibility

of death or serious injury when they

inflate, the driver and front passenger

must:

DWear their seat belts properly

DRemain properly seated with their

backs upright and against the seats

at all times.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not allow anyone to lean against

the front door when the vehicle is

in use, since the side airbag could

inflate with considerable speed and

force. Otherwise, he/she may be

killed or be seriously injured. Spe-

cial care should be taken especially

when you have a small child in the

vehicle.

DSit up straight and well back in the

seat, distributing your weight evenly

in the seat. Do not apply excessive

weight to the outer side of the front

seats on vehicles with side airbags.

DDo not attach a cup holder or any

other device or object on or around

the door. When the side airbag in-

flates, the cup holder or any other

device or object will be thrown with

great force or the side airbag may

not activate correctly, resulting in

death or serious injury. Likewise,

the driver and front passenger

should not hold objects in their

arms or on their knees.

DDo not use seat accessories which

cover the parts where the side air-

bags inflate. Such accessories may

prevent the side airbags from acti-

vating correctly, causing death or

serious injury.

DDo not modify or replace the seats

or upholstery of the seats with side

airbags. Such changes may prevent

the side airbag system from activat-

ing correctly, disable the system or

cause the side airbags to inflate ac-

cidentally, resulting in death or seri-

ous injury.

Failure to follow these instructions

can result in death or serious injury.

Consult your Toyota dealer about any

repair and modification.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following

changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can

interfere with proper operation of the

SRS side airbag system in some

cases.

zInstallation of electronic devices

such as a mobile two−way radio,

cassette tape player or compact

disc player

zModification of the suspension sys-

tem

zModification of the side structure of

the passenger compartment

zRepairs made on or near the con-

sole or front seat

This indicator comes on when the igni-

tion key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This

means the SRS side airbags are operat-

ing properly.

This warning light system monitors the

airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-

sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat

position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle

switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-

blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-

ing wiring and power sources. (For details,

see “Service reminder indicators and

warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.)

If either of the following conditions occurs,

this indicates a malfunction of the airbags

or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion or remains on for more than 6

seconds or flashes.

DThe light comes on or starts flashing

while driving.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer as soon as possible:

DAny of the SRS side airbags have

been inflated.

DThe portion of the doors (shaded in the

illustration) was involved in an accident

that was not severe enough to cause

the SRS side airbags to inflate.

DThe surface of the seats with the side

airbag (shaded in the illustration) is

scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-

aged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables

before contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-

propriate child restraint systems for

children.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.

and Canada now require the use of a

child restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraint

system, the child should sit in the rear

seat and must be restrained using the

vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” in this

Section for details.

CAUTION

DFor effective protection in automo-

bile accidents and sudden stops, a

child must be properly restrained,

using a seat belt or child restraint

system depending on the age and

size of the child. Holding a child in

your arms is not a substitute for a

child restraint system. In an acci-

dent, the child can be crushed

against the windshield, or between

you and the vehicle’s interior.

Child restraint—

—Child restraint precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DToyota strongly urges use of a

proper child restraint system which

conforms to the size of the child,

installed on the rear seat. Accord-

ing to accident statistics, the child

is safer when properly restrained in

the rear seat than in the front seat.

DNever install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passen-

ger seat. In the event of an acci-

dent, the force of the rapid inflation

of the front passenger airbag can

cause death or serious injury to the

child if the rear−facing child re-

straint system is installed on the

front passenger seat.

DA forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be

installed on the front passenger

seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back

as possible, because the front pas-

senger airbag could inflate with

considerable speed and force.

Otherwise, the child may be killed

or seriously injured.

DDo not allow the child to lean his/

her head or any part of his/her

body against the door or the area

of the seat from which the side air-

bags deploy even if the child is

seated in the child restraint system.

It is dangerous if the side airbags

inflate, because the impact could

cause death or serious injury to the

child.

DDo not use the seat belt extender

when installing a child restraint

system on the front or rear passen-

ger seat. If installing a child re-

straint system with the seat belt

extender connected to the seat belt,

the seat belt will not securely hold

the child restraint system, which

could cause death or serious injury

to the child or other passengers in

the event of collision.

DMake sure you have complied with

all installation instructions provided

by the child restraint manufacturer

and that the system is properly se-

cured. If it is not secured properly,

it may cause death or serious injury

to the child in the event of a sud-

den stop or accident.

A child restraint system for a small

child or baby must itself be properly

restrained on the seat with either the

lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/

shoulder belt. You must carefully con-

sult the manufacturer’s instructions

which accompany the child restraint

system.

To provide proper restraint, use a child

restraint system following the manufactur-

er’s instructions about the appropriate age

and size of the child for the child restraint

system.

Install the child restraint system correctly

following the instructions provided by its

manufacturer. General directions are also

provided under the following instructions.

The child restraint system should be

installed on the rear seat. According to

accident statistics, the child is safer when

properly restrained in the rear seat than

in the front seat.

When not using the child restraint system,

keep it secured with the seat belt or place

it in the trunk or somewhere other than

the passenger compartment. This will pre-

vent it from injuring passengers in the

event of a sudden stop or accident.

—Child restraint system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Child restraint systems are classified into

the following 3 types depending on the

child’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

Install the child restraint system following

the instructions provided by its manufac-

turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-

curing the top strap of a child restraint

system.

For instructions about how to use the an-

chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” in

this Section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-

proved for your vehicle may also be used.

See “—Installation with child restraint low-

er anchorages” in this Section.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

—Types of child restraint

system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−

facing position only.

CAUTION

DNever install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passen-

ger seat. In the event of an acci-

dent, the force of the rapid inflation

of the front passenger airbag can

cause death or serious injury to the

child if the rear−facing child re-

straint system is installed on the

front passenger seat.

DDo not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes

with the lock mechanism of the

front seats. Otherwise, the child or

front seat occupant(s) may be killed

or seriously injured in case of sud-

den braking or a collision.

DIf the driver’s seat position does

not allow sufficient space for safe

installation, install the child re-

straint system on the rear right

seat.

—Installation with 3−point

type seat belt

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through

or around the infant seat following the

instructions provided by its manufactur-

er and insert the tab into the buckle

taking care not to twist the belt. Keep

the lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the lap and shoulder portions

of the belt are not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent your

child from properly latching the tab

and buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, it cannot protect your

child from death or serious injury.

Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-

ately. Do not install the child

restraint system on the seat until

the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it

in the lock mode. When the belt is

then retracted even slightly, it cannot

be extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, make

sure the belt is in the lock mode before

letting the belt retract.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

3. While pressing the infant seat firmly

against the seat cushion and seatback,

let the shoulder belt retract as far as

it will go to hold the infant seat secure-

ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-

tem in different directions to be sure

it is secure. Follow all the installation

instructions provided by its manufac-

turer.

4. To remove the infant seat, press the

buckle release button and allow the

belt to retract completely. The belt will

move freely again and be ready to

work for an adult or older child passen-

ger.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-

ward−facing or rear−facing position de-

pending on the age and size of the

child. When installing, follow the

manufacturer’s instruction about the ap-

plicable age and size of the child as

well as directions for installing the

child restraint system.

CAUTION

DNever install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passen-

ger seat. In the event of an acci-

dent, the force of the rapid inflation

of the front passenger airbag can

cause death or serious injury to the

child if the rear−facing child re-

straint system is installed on the

front passenger seat.

Move seat

fully back

DA forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be

installed on the front passenger

seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back

as possible, because the front pas-

senger airbag could inflate with

considerable speed and force.

Otherwise, the child may be killed

or seriously injured.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not allow the child to lean

against the front door or around

the front door even if the child is

seated in the child restraint system.

It is dangerous if the side airbags

inflate, because the impact could

cause death or serious injury to the

child.

DDo not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes

with the lock mechanism of the

front seats. This can cause death or

serious injury to the child and front

passenger in case of sudden brak-

ing or a collision.

DIf the driver’s seat position does

not allow sufficient space for safe

installation, install the child re-

straint system on the rear right

seat.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through

or around the convertible seat following

the instructions provided by its

manufacturer and insert the tab into

the buckle taking care not to twist the

belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt

tight.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the lap and shoulder portions

of the belt are not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent your

child from properly latching the tab

and buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, it cannot protect your

child from death or serious injury.

Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-

ately. Do not install the child

restraint system on the seat until

the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it

in the lock mode. When the belt is

then retracted even slightly, it cannot

be extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,

make sure the belt is in the lock mode

before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seat

firmly against the seat cushion and

seatback, let the shoulder belt retract

as far as it will go to hold the convert-

ible seat securely.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-

tem in different directions to be sure

it is secure. Follow all the installation

instructions provided by its manufac-

turer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press

the buckle release button and allow the

belt to retract completely. The belt will

move freely again and be ready to

work for an adult or older child passen-

ger.

A booster seat must be used in for-

ward−facing position only.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Move seat

fully back

CAUTION

DA forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be

installed on the front passenger

seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back

as possible, because the front pas-

senger airbag could inflate with

considerable speed and force.

Otherwise, the child may be killed

or seriously injured.

DDo not allow the child to lean his/

her head or any part of his/her

body against the door or the area

of the seat from which the side air-

bags deploy even if the child is

seated in the child restraint system.

It is dangerous if the side airbag

inflates, and the impact could cause

death or serious injury to the child.

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run

the lap and shoulder belt through or

around the booster seat and across the

child following the instructions provided

by its manufacturer and insert the tab

into the buckle taking care not to twist

the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly

across the child’s shoulder and that the

lap belt is positioned as low as possible

on the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” in

this Section for details.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

DAlways make sure the shoulder belt

is positioned across the center of

child’s shoulder. The belt should be

kept away from child’s neck, but

not falling off child’s shoulder.

Otherwise, the child may be killed

or seriously injured in case of sud-

den braking or a collision.

DBoth high−positioned lap belts and

loose−fitting belts could cause

death or serious injuries due to

sliding under the lap belt during a

collision or other unintended event.

Keep the lap belt position as low

on a child’s hips as possible.

DFor child’s safety, do not place the

shoulder belt under child’s arm.

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the lap and shoulder portions

of the belt are not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent your

child from properly latching the tab

and buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, it cannot protect your

child from death or serious injury.

Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-

ately. Do not install the child

restraint system on the seat until

the seat belt is fixed.

2. To remove the child restraint system,

press the buckle release button and

allow the belt to retract.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward−

facing or rear−facing position depend-

ing on the child’s age and size. When

installing, follow the manufacturer’s

instruction about the applicable child’s

age and size as well as directions for

installing the child restraint system.

CAUTION

DNever install a rear−facing child re-

straint system on the front passen-

ger seat because the force of the

rapid inflation of the front passen-

ger airbag can cause death or seri-

ous injury to the child.

Same angle

Same

height

Move seat

fully back

Move seat

fully back

DA forward−facing child restraint sys-

tem should be allowed to be

installed on the front passenger

seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back

as possible, because the force of

the deploying front passenger air-

bag could cause death or serious

injury to the child.

—Installation with 2−point

type seat belt

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When installing a child restraint system in

the front seat center position, move the

driver and passenger seats as far back as

possible, set both seatbacks to the same

angle as the back of the child restraint

system, and set both seat cushions at the

same height so that the child restraint

system is securely restrained.

With the child restraint system installed,

check that your driving position is satis-

factory and that the child restraint system

does not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory,

or the child restraint system interferes

with your driving, install it at another posi-

tion.

CAUTION

DWhen using a forward−facing child

restraint system, move the driver

and passenger seats as far back as

possible, set both seatbacks to the

same angle as the back of the child

restraint system, set both seat

cushions at the same height and

make sure your driving position is

satisfactory.

DIgnoring the above instructions may

result in a serious injury in case of

on accident. 1. Run the center lap belt through or

around the convertible seat following

the instructions provided by its

manufacturer and insert the tab into

the buckle taking care not to twist the

belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt

tight.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

DAfter inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and

that the lap and shoulder portions

of the belt is not twisted.

DDo not insert coins, clips, etc. in

the buckle as this may prevent you

from properly latching the tab and

buckle.

DIf the seat belt does not function

normally, it cannot protect your

child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not

use the child restraint system until

the seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seat

firmly against the seat cushion and

seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling

its free end to hold the convertible seat

securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-

tem in different directions to be sure

it is secure. Follow all the installation

instructions provided by its manufac-

turer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

3. To remove the convertible seat, press

the buckle release button and allow the

belt to retract completely. The belt will

move freely again and be ready to

work for an adult or older child passen-

ger.

Follow the procedure below for a child

restraint system that requires the use

of a top strap.

Symbol

Anchor brackets

Use the anchor bracket on the package

tray behind the rear seat to attach the top

strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for each

rear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of user

ready anchor brackets.

—Using a top strap

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the head restraint.

2. Remove the anchor bracket cover

with the symbol shown in the il-

lustration.

3. Securely fasten the child restraint

system with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchor

bracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-

straint system, see ”Child restraint” in this

Section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securely

latched, and check that the child re-

straint system is secure by pushing

and pulling it in different directions.

Follow all the installation instructions

provided by its manufacturer.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

4. Replace the head restraint.

Store any removed covers in a safe place

such as the glove box.

Be sure to replace all covers when the

anchor bracket is not in use.

Lower anchorages for the child restraint

systems complying with the FMVSS225

or CMVSS210.2 specifications are

installed in the rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear-

ance between the seat cushion and seat-

back of both outside rear seats.

Child restraint systems complying with the

FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification

can be fixed to these anchorages. In this

case, it is not necessary to fix the child

restraint system with a seat belt on the

vehicle. Canada only

Type A (anchor position indicated by

buttons)

—Installation with child

restraint lower anchorages

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Canada only

Type A (anchor position indicated by

tags)

Canada only

Type B (anchor position indicated by

buttons)

Canada only

Type B (anchor position indicated by

tags)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

For owners in Canada

The symbol on a child restraint system

indicates the presence of a lower connec-

tor system.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

INSTALLATION

Type A—

1. Widen the clearance between the

seat cushion and seatback a little

and confirm the position of the low-

er anchorages near the buttons or

tags on the seatback.

2. Latch the hooks of lower straps onto

the anchorages and tighten the lower

straps.

Type B—

1. Widen the clearance between the

seat cushion and seatback a little

and confirm the position of the low-

er anchorages near the buttons or

tags on the seatback.

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor-

ages.

If your child restraint system has a top

strap, it should be anchored. (For the

installation of the top strap, see “—Using

a top strap” in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-

tion manual equipped with each product.

CAUTION

DWhen using the lower anchorages

for the child restraint system, be

sure that there are no irregular ob-

jects around the anchorages and

that the seat belt is not caught.

DPush and pull the child restraint

system in different directions to

make sure it is secure. Follow all

the installation instructions pro-

vided by its manufacturer.

DDo not install a child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat if it interferes

with the lock mechanism of the

front seats. Otherwise, the child or

front seat occupant(s) may be killed

or seriously injured in case of sud-

den braking or a collision.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Steering wheel and Mirrors

Tilt steering wheel 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outside rear view mirrors 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vanity mirrors 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 4

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To change the steering wheel angle,

hold the steering wheel, pull the lock

release lever toward you, tilt the steer-

ing wheel to the desired angle and re-

lease the lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi-

tion, it will spring up as you release the

lock release lever.

CAUTION

DDo not adjust the steering wheel

while the vehicle is moving. Doing

so may cause the driver to mishan-

dle the vehicle and an accident may

occur resulting in death or serious

injuries.

DAfter adjusting the steering wheel,

try moving it up and down to make

sure it is locked in position.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just

see the side of your vehicle in the mir-

ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-

tance of any object seen in the outside

rear view mirror on the passenger’s side

because it is a convex mirror. Any object

seen in a convex mirror will look smaller

and farther away than when seen in a flat

mirror.

Tilt steering wheel Outside rear view mirrors—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Vehicles with the auto anti−glare inside

rear view mirror—When the inside rear

view mirror surface darkens in “AUTO”

mode, the driver’s side outside rear view

mirror surface also darkens to reduce the

reflection of the headlights of the vehicle

behind you. (For details, see “Auto anti−

glare inside rear view mirror” in this Sec-

tion.)

On some models, when you push the rear

window defogger switch, the heater panels

in the outside rear view mirrors will quick-

ly clear the surface. (See “Rear window

and outside rear view mirror defoggers” in

Section 1−5.)

CAUTION

DDo not adjust the mirror while the

vehicle is moving. Doing so may

cause the driver to mishandle the

vehicle and an accident may occur

resulting in death or serious inju-

ries.

DOn some models, since the mirror

surfaces can get hot, do not touch

them when the defogger switch is

on.

NOTICE

The outside rear view mirrors are

fixed in place. Do not try to fold the

mirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror to

be adjusted

Place the switch at “L” (left) or “R”

(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirror

Push the switch in the desired direc-

tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is

in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

—Power rear view mirror

control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do not

operate the control or scrape the mir-

ror face. Use a spray de−icer to free

the mirror.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just

see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-

ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights of

the vehicle behind you during night

driving, operate the lever on the lower

edge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greater

clarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you also

lose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the

vehicle is moving. Doing so may

cause the driver to mishandle the ve-

hicle and an accident may occur re-

sulting in death or serious injuries.

Anti−glare inside rear view

mirror

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Adjust the mirror so that you can just

see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-

ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti−

glare function. The function is designed

to reduce glare from the headlights of

the vehicle behind you during night

driving.

When the ignition key is inserted and

turned on, the inside rear view mirror al-

ways turns on in the “AUTO” mode.

The “AUTO” indicator illuminates to show

you that the function is on.

In “AUTO” mode, if the mirror detects light

from the headlights of the vehicle behind

you, the mirror surface darkens slightly to

reduce the reflected light.

When the inside rear view mirror surface

darkens the driver’s side outside rear view

mirror surface also darkens.

To turn off the automatic function, press

the switch on the “OFF” side.

To turn on the automatic function again,

press the switch on the “AUTO” side.

Adjust it before driving so that the rear

view is optimized.

When the inside air temperature is low, it

may take a little longer for the mirror to

darken in response to the detection of

headlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the

vehicle is moving. It may cause the

driver to mishandle the vehicle and

an accident may occur resulting in

death or serious injuries.

To ensure correct functioning of an

anti−glare mirror sensor located on the

back side of the mirror, do not touch

or cover the sensor with your finger or

a piece of cloth, etc.

Auto anti−glare inside rear

view mirror

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To use the vanity mirrors, swing down

the sun visor and open the cover.

The vanity lights come on when you open

the cover.

Vanity mirrors

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

100

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Lights, Wipers and Defogger

Headlights and turn signals 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emergency flashers 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel light control 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front fog lights 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interior light 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front personal and interior lights 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear personal lights 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ignition switch light 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield wipers and washer 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shifting the windshield wiper position 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 113. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 5

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

101

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation—

To turn on the following lights: Twist

the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,

side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of the

above

Automatic operation—

To turn on or off the lights automatical-

ly, twist the headlight/turn signal lever

knob to the “AUTO” position when the

ignition key is in the “ON” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights in

position 1 automatically turn on or off de-

pending on the darkness of the surround-

ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2

to turn on the headlights if they are need-

ed immediately when entering a dark tun-

nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is on

the top of the driver’s side instrument

panel.

Do not place anything on the instrument

panel, and/or do not affix anything on the

windshield to block this sensor.

Headlights and turn signals

(for U.S.A.)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

102

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or “AUTO” position with the

tail lights on—

The lights automatically turn off when the

driver’s door is opened with the ignition

key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or “AUTO” position with the

headlights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30

seconds when any of the doors or trunk

lid is opened and closed with the ignition

key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-

tem—The lights can be turned off immedi-

ately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on the

wireless remote control transmitter with all

the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the doors or trunk lid is kept

open, the lights automatically turn off after

20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-

tion key to the “ON” position or actuate

the headlight switch. If you are going to

park for over one week, make sure the

knob is in the “AUTO” position.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, do not leave the lights on

for a long period when the engine is

not running.

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system

The Daytime Running Light (DRL) system

can make it easier for others to see the

front of your vehicle during the day. The

DRL system can be helpful in many differ-

ent driving conditions, but they can be

especially helpful in the short periods after

dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlights

come on at a reduced brightness when:

DThe ignition is on with the engine run-

ning.

DThe light switch is in the “AUTO” posi-

tion.

DThe parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights and

instrument panel lights, twist the knob to

position 1.

Twist the knob to position 2 to turn the

headlights to full intensity for night driving.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knob

to the position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn the

ignition switch off.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

103

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn

the headlights on and push the lever away

from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-

ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light

(blue light) on the instrument panel will

tell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights

(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way

back. The high beam headlights turn off

when you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights

even when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/

turn signal lever up or down to position

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The lever automatically returns after you

make a turn, but you may have to return

it by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the lever

up or down to the pressure point (position

2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (green

lights) on the instrument panel flash faster

than normal, a front or rear turn signal

bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light

bulbs” in Section 7−3.

HEADLIGHTS

Manual operation—

To turn on the following lights: Twist

the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,

side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of the

above

Headlights and turn signals

(for Canada)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

104

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Automatic operation—

To turn on or off the lights automatical-

ly, twist the headlight/turn signal lever

knob to the position 3 (“AUTO”) when

the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

The headlights and/or all of the lights in

position 1 automatically turn on or off de-

pending on the darkness of the surround-

ings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2

to turn on the headlights if they are need-

ed immediately when entering a dark tun-

nel, parking structure, etc.

The automatic light control sensor is on

the top of the driver’s side instrument

panel.

Do not place anything on the instrument

panel, and/or do not affix anything on the

windshield to block this sensor.

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or position 3 with the tail

lights on—

The lights automatically turn off when the

driver’s door is opened with the ignition

key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or position 3 with the head-

lights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30

seconds when any of the door or trunk lid

is opened and closed with the ignition key

in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-

tem—The lights can be turned off immedi-

ately by pushing the “LOCK” switch on the

wireless remote control transmitter with all

the doors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the door or trunk lid is kept

opened, the lights automatically turn off

after 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-

tion key to the “ON” position or actuate

the headlight switch. If you are going to

park for over one week, make sure the

headlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, do not leave the lights on

for a long period when the engine is

not running.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

105

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light (DRL) System can

make it easier for others to see the front

of your vehicle during the day. The DRL

system can be helpful in many different

driving conditions, but they can be espe-

cially helpful in the short periods after

dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlights

come on at a reduced brightness when:

DThe ignition is on with the engine run-

ning.

DThe headlight switch is off.

DThe parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights and

instrument panel lights, twist the knob to

the position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn

the headlights to full intensity for night

driving.

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn

the headlights on and push the lever away

from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-

ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light

(blue light) on the instrument panel will

tell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights

(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way

back. The high beam headlights turn off

when you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights

even when the headlight switch is off.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/

turn signal lever up or down to position

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The lever automatically returns after you

make a turn, but you may have to return

it by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the lever

up or down to the pressure point (position

2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (green

lights) on the instrument panel flash faster

than normal, a front or rear turn signal

bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light

bulbs” in Section 7−3.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

106

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To turn on the emergency flashers,

push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn

them off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warn

other drivers if your vehicle must be

stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-

sible.

The turn signal light switch will not work

when the emergency flashers are operat-

ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, do not leave the switch on

longer than necessary when the en-

gine is not running.

To adjust the brightness of the instru-

ment panel lights, turn the knob.

Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

107

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To turn on the front fog lights, twist

the band of the headlight and turn sig-

nal switch lever. They will come on

only when the headlights are on low

beam.

To turn on the interior light, slide the

switch.

The interior light switch has the following

positions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any

door is opened. The light goes off when

all the doors are closed.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-

tion and any door is opened, the light will

come on. After all the doors are closed,

the light remains on for about 15 seconds

before fading out.

However, in the following cases, the light

goes off immediately.

DAll the doors are closed when the igni-

tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-

tion.

DThe ignition key is turned to the “ACC”

or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

DAll the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked using

either the key or the wireless remote con-

trol transmitter simultaneously, the light

will come on and remain on for about 15

seconds, before fading out.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, the light will automatically turn

off when the key is removed and the door

is left opened with the switch at “DOOR”

position for 20 minutes or more.

Front fog lights Interior light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

108

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

With moon roof

Without moon roof

Front personal lights—

To turn on the front personal lights,

push the switch. To turn the lights off,

push the switch once again.

Interior lights—

The interior lights turn on when any of

the door is opened. The lights go off

when all of the doors are closed.

You cannot turn off the lights when any of

the doors is opened.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

The lights come on when any door is

opened. After all the doors are closed, the

lights remain on for about 15 seconds and

then go out.

However, in the following cases, the lights

go off immediately.

DAll the doors are closed when the igni-

tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-

tion.

DThe ignition key is turned to the “ACC”

or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

DAll the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked using

either the key or wireless remote control

transmitter simultaneously, the lights will

come on and remain on for about 15 sec-

onds, before fading out.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, the lights will automatically turn

off when the key is removed and the door

is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Front personal and interior

lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

109

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To turn on the rear personal light, push

the switch. To turn the light off, push

the switch once again.

For easy access to the ignition switch,

the ignition switch light comes on when

any of the doors are opened.

The light remains on for about 15 seconds

after all the doors are closed.

However, in the following cases, the light

go off immediately.

DAll the doors are closed when the igni-

tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-

tion.

DThe ignition key is turned to the “ACC”

or “ON” after all the doors are closed.

DAll the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked with the

key or wireless remote control transmitter

simultaneously, the light comes on for

about 15 seconds and then fades out,

even if the door is not opened.

To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, the light will automatically turn

off when the key is removed and the door

is left opened for 20 minutes or more.

Rear personal lights Ignition switch light

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

110

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To turn on the windshield wipers, move

the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Lever position Operation

Position 1 Intermittent

operation

Position 2 Low speed

operation

Position 3 High speed

operation

Position 4 Washer on

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the

wiping time interval when the wiper lever

is in the intermittent position (position 1).

Twist the band upward to increase the

time between sweeps, and downward to

decrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever

toward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they will

operate a couple of times after the washer

squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,

see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield

with the defroster before using the washer.

This will help prevent the washer fluid

from freezing on your windshield, which

can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-

shield is dry. It may scratch the glass

or may damage wiper blades.

Automatic control adjuster

To turn on the windshield wipers, move

the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Lever position Operation

Position 1 Automatic

operation

Position 2 Low speed

operation

Position 3 High speed

operation

Position 4 Washer on

Windshield wipers and washer

(intermittent operation type)

Windshield wipers and washer

(raindrop detection type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

111

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Automatic operation (position 1)

The wiper speed is determined by the

amount of raindrops and sunlight detected

by the automatic wiper control sensor.

The automatic wiper control sensor is on

the inside of the windshield as shown

above.

If you feel that the operation of the auto-

matic wiper control is too fast or too slow,

twist the automatic control adjuster in the

“−” direction to lower sensitivity, and “+”

direction to boost the sensitivity.

Even if the wiper lever is in the position

1, the system will switch to intermittent

operations in the following conditions:

DWhen the windshield gets extremely

cold (at less than −10_C [14_F])

DWhen the system malfunctions

However, when the windshield gets ex-

tremely hot (at more than 90_C [194_F]),

the wipers do not operate even if the

wiper lever is in the position 1.

When the ignition switch is turned off with

the wiper lever in the position 1, and then

the ignition switch is turned on again, the

automatic operation may not work even if

raindrops are on the windshield.

In this case, move the lever to another

position and return it to the position 1

again.

CAUTION

Be careful not to get your fingers

caught between the wipers and wind-

shield.

When the wiper lever is in the posi-

tion 1 with the ignition switch on, the

wipers could operate automatically in

the following cases:

DIf you touch the upper center of the

windshield adjacent to the sensor.

DIf you wipe the upper center of the

windshield (adjacent to which the

sensor is located) with a towel or

other object.

DIf the windshield vibrates.

DIf you touch the sensor.

NOTICE

Do not apply detergent to or wet the

automatic wiper control sensor when

cleaning the inside of the windshield.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

112

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever

toward you (position 4).

If the windshield wipers are off, they will

operate a couple of times after the washer

squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,

see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield

with the defroster before using the washer.

This will help prevent the washer fluid

from freezing on your windshield, which

can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-

shield is dry. It may scratch the glass

or may damage wiper blades.

The wiper blades retract under the hood

when the wipers are turned off.

In the following cases, the wipers should

be shifted from the retracted position

(position 2) to the rest position (position

1) above the hood level.

DWhen cleaning the windshield

DWhen inspecting or replacing the wip-

ers

DWhen the retraction may be obstructed

by snow, etc., at the bottom of the

windshield

Other than the above cases, keep the

wipers in the retracted position.

SHIFTING TO THE REST POSITION

Hold the connection of the wiper arm

and wiper blade and pull it upward for

more than 10 cm (3.9 in.) along the

windshield glass with the force of

about 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be-

ing deformed, be sure to hold the

connection of the wiper arm and wip-

er blade securely.

Shifting the windshield wiper

position

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

113

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

RETURNING TO THE RETRACTED

POSITION

Push the connection of the wiper arm

and wiper blade downward.

NOTICE

To prevent the wiper blades from be-

ing deformed, be sure to hold the

connection of the wiper arm and wip-

er blade securely.

Type A

Type B

Type C

To defog or defrost the rear window,

push the switch.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The thin heater wires on the inside of the

rear window will quickly clear the surface.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicate

the defogger is operating.

Type C—The heater panels in the outside

rear view mirrors will also quickly clear

the surfaces. Keep your hands off the

mirror faces when the switch is on.

Push the switch once again to turn the

defoggers off.

Rear window and outside rear

view mirror defoggers

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

114

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The system will automatically shut off af-

ter the defogger has operated about 15

minutes.

CAUTION

Type C—Since the mirror surfaces

can get hot, do not touch them when

the defogger switch is on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers off

when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the

defoggers on for a long time could cause

the battery to discharge, especially during

stop−and−go driving. The defoggers are

not designed for drying rain water or for

melting snow.

On some models, if the outside rear view

mirrors are heavily coated with ice, use a

spray de−icer before operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear

window, be careful not to scratch or

damage the heater wires or connec-

tors.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

115

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

116

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators

Fuel gauge 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant temperature gauge 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tachometer 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Odometer and two trip meters 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 6

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

117

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The gauge indicates the approximate

quantity of fuel remaining in the tank

when the ignition switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”

Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over

1/4 full.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low

fuel level warning light comes on, fill the

fuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-

ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge

needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level

warning light may come on earlier than

usual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, the

malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill

the fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving

several times. If the indicator lamp does

not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as

soon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolant

temperature when the ignition switch is

on. The engine operating temperature

will vary with changes in weather and

engine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,

your engine is too hot. If your vehicle

overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the

engine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severe

operating conditions, such as:

DDriving up a long hill on a hot day.

DReducing speed or stopping after high

speed driving.

Fuel gauge

Engine coolant temperature

gauge

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

118

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DIdling for a long period with the air

conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

DTowing a trailer.

NOTICE

zDo not remove the thermostat in

the engine cooling system as this

may cause the engine to overheat.

The thermostat is designed to con-

trol the flow of coolant to keep the

temperature of the engine within

the specified operating range.

zDo not continue driving with an

overheated engine. See “If your ve-

hicle overheats” in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speed

in thousands of rpm (revolutions per

minute). Use it while driving to select

correct shift points and to prevent en-

gine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fast

causes excessive engine wear and poor

fuel economy. Remember, in most cases

the slower the engine speed, the greater

the fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle get

into the red zone. This may cause

severe engine damage.

Type A

Type B

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

119

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Type C

This meter displays the odometer and

two trip meters when the ignition

switch is on.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distance

the vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two different

distances independently driven since

the last time each trip meter was set

to zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculate

the fuel economy and the other to

measure the distance on each trip. All

trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-

trical power source is disconnected.

3. “ODO/TRIP” button—Resets the two

trip meters to zero, and also change

the meter display.

To change the meter display, quickly

push and release the button. The meter

display changes in the order from the

odometer to trip meter A to trip meter

B, then back to the odometer each

time you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-

play the meter A reading, then push

and hold the button until the meter is

set to zero. The same process can be

applied for resetting the trip meter B.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

120

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a) or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)

(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Stop and check.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Fill up tank.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

121

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(h) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i) Close all doors.

(j) Replace bulb.

(k) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m) Add washer fluid.

(n) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

122

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following cases

when the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-

tion.

DWhen the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few seconds

when the ignition key is turned to the

“ON” position even after the parking brake

is released.

DWhen the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue driving

normally when the brake fluid level is

low.

Have your vehicle checked at your

Toyota dealer in the following cases:

DThe light does not come on even if the

parking brake is applied when the igni-

tion key is in the “ON” position.

DThe light does not come on even if the

ignition key is turned on with the park-

ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly during

operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If either of the following conditions

occurs, immediately stop your vehicle

at a safe place and contact your

Toyota dealer.

DThe light does not turn off even

after the parking brake is released

while the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may not

work properly and your stopping

distance will become longer. De-

press the brake pedal firmly and

bring the vehicle to an immediate

stop.

DThe brake system warning light re-

mains on together with the “ABS”

warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lock

brake system will fail but also the

vehicle will become extremely un-

stable during braking.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light

and Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you to

buckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or

“START”, the reminder light flashes and

buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is

not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the

belt, the light keep flashing and the buzz-

er sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.

Reminder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up the

front outside passenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or

“START”, the reminder light flashes if a

passenger sits in the front outside passen-

ger seat and does not fasten the seat

belt. Unless the front outside passenger

fastens the belt, the light stays on. This

light reminds you to buckle up the front

outside passenger’s seat belt.

If luggage or other load is placed on the

front outside passenger seat, depending

on its weight and how it is placed on the

seat, built−in sensors in the seat cushion

may detect the pressure, causing the re-

minder light to come on.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

123

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is being

discharged.

If it comes on while you are driving, there

is a problem somewhere in the charging

system.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-

ate, however, until the battery is dis-

charged. Turn off the air conditioning,

blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to

the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the engine

drive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning

Light

This light warns that the engine oil pres-

sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you are

driving, pull off the road to a safe place

and stop the engine immediately. Call a

Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for

assistance.

The light may occasionally flicker when

the engine is idling or it may come on

briefly after a hard stop. There is no

cause for concern if it then goes out when

the engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil level

is extremely low. It is not designed to

indicate low oil level, and the oil level

must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with the

warning light on—even for one block.

It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignition

key is turned to the “ON” position and

goes off after the engine starts. This

means that the warning light system is

operating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lamp

comes on while driving, first check the

followings.

DEmpty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-

ately.

DLoose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely

tighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off

after taking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even after

several trips, contact your Toyota dealer

as soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel

tank cap is not loose...

DThere is a problem somewhere in the

engine, emission control system, auto-

matic transmission electrical system or

warning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as

possible to service the vehicle.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance

(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a state

emission inspection if the malfunction

indicator lamp remains on. Contact your

Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s

emission control system and OBD

(On−Board Diagnostics) system before

taking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection and

Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

124

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel level

in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up

the tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-

ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level

warning light may come on earlier than

usual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition key

is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−

lock brake system and the brake assist

system work properly, the light turns off

after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the

system malfunctions, the light comes on

again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and

the brake system warning light is off), the

anti−lock brake system, the brake assist

system, the traction control system and

the vehicle stability control system do not

operate, but the brake system still oper-

ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and

the brake system warning light is off), the

anti−lock brake system does not operate

so that the wheels could lock up during

a sudden braking or braking on slippery

road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-

curs, this indicates a malfunction some-

where in the components monitored by

the warning light system. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to

service the vehicle.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion, or remains on.

DThe light comes on while you are driv-

ing.

A warning light turning on briefly during

operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains on

together with the brake system warn-

ing light, immediately stop your ve-

hicle at a safe place and contact your

Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lock

brake system will fail but also the

vehicle will become extremely unsta-

ble during braking.

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doors

are completely closed.

(j) Rear Light Failure Warning Light

If this light comes on when the headlight

switch is turned on, it indicates that one

or more of the tail lights are burned out.

If it comes on when the brake pedal is

depressed, one or more stop lights are

burned out.

Have defective bulbs replaced as soon as

possible.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-

tion key is turned to the “ON” position.

After about 6 seconds, the light will go

off. This means the system of the air-

bags and front seat belt pretensioners

are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the

airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-

sors, side airbag sensors, driver’s seat

position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle

switch, front seat belt pretensioner assem-

blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-

ing wiring and power sources.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

125

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If either of the following conditions occurs,

this indicates a malfunction somewhere in

the parts monitored by the warning light

system. Contact your Toyota dealer as

soon as possible to service the vehicle.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion or remains on for more than 6

seconds or flashes.

DThe light comes on or starts flashing

while driving.

(l) “VSC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problem

somewhere in the vehicle stability control

system or traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignition

key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after

about a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the

vehicle stability control system and trac-

tion control system do not work. However,

as conventional braking operates when ap-

plied, there is no problem to continue your

driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer:

DThe light does not come on after the

ignition is turned to on.

DThe light is left on after the ignition is

turned to on.

DThe light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come

on when the “VSC” warning light comes

on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not

pushed.

(m) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level

Warning Light

The light warns that the windshield washer

fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at

your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,

see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.)

(n) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove the

key when you open the driver’s door with

the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”

position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER

INDICATORS (except the low fuel level

warning light and low windshield

washer fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.

The open door warning light should

come on.

3. Close the door.

The open door warning light should go

off.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do

not start the engine.

All the service reminder indicators ex-

cept the open door warning light should

come on. The “ABS” and “VSC” warn-

ing lights, “TRAC OFF” and slip indica-

tor lights go off after a few seconds.

The SRS warning light goes off after

about 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-

ing buzzer does not function as described

above, have it checked by your Toyota

dealer as soon as possible.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

126

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake

Ignition switch with steering lock 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic transmission 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Traction control system 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vehicle stability control system 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking brake 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cruise control 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 7

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

127

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“START”—Starter motor on. The key

will return to the “ON” position when

released.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessories

on.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio

operate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or

“LOCK” position and open the driver’s

door, a buzzer will remind you to remove

the key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering

wheel is locked. The key can be re-

moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the key

from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. The

selector lever must be in the “P” position

before pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—

Once you remove the key, the engine im-

mobilizer system is automatically set. (See

“Engine immobilizer system” in Section

1−2.)

When starting the engine, the key may

seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To

free it, first be sure the key is pushed all

the way in, and then rock the steering

wheel slightly while turning the key gently.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked

with the ignition switch is set, all doors

are automatically unlocked when the igni-

tion switch is turned from the “ON” posi-

tion to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. For

details, see “—Automatic door locking and

unlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”

position if the engine is not running.

The battery will discharge and the

ignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steering

lock

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

128

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Your automatic transmission has a shift

lock system to minimize the possibility of

incorrect operation. This means you can

only shift out of “P” position when the

brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition

switch in “ON” position and the lock re-

lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on the

instrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and

key removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission

"Floor shift type

Overdrive switch

With the brake pedal depressed,

shift while holding the lock

release button in. (The ignition

switch must be in “ON”

position.)

Shift while holding the lock

release button in.

Shift normally.

Lock release button

To prevent misshifting Selector lever

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

129

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (with

overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-

drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.

The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come

on. To turn the overdrive on again, push

the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator

light should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-

drive on for better fuel economy and

quieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-

drive is off and restarted, the overdrive

will automatically be on.

When the cruise control is being used,

even if you downshift the transmission by

pushing and releasing the overdrive

switch, engine braking will not be enabled

because the cruise control is not can-

celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,

see “Cruise control” in this Section.

1. Start the engine as instructed in “How

to start the engine” in Section 3. The

transmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brake

pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, the

automatic transmission system will select

the most suitable gear for running condi-

tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-

ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for better

fuel economy and quieter driving. If the

engine coolant temperature is low, the

transmission will not shift into the over-

drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-

tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brake

pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal

slowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linked

with the shift position is set, all doors are

automatically locked when the selector le-

ver is moved out of the “P” position after

the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”

position and all the doors are closed. For

details, see “—Automatic door locking and

unlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshift

the transmission as follows:

DPush the overdrive switch. The “O/D

OFF” indicator light will come on and

the transmission will downshift to third

gear.

DShift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear

when the vehicle speed drops down to

or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and

stronger engine braking will be en-

abled.

DShift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear

when the vehicle speed drops down to

or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and

maximum engine braking will be en-

abled.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

130

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When the cruise control is being used,

even if you downshift the transmission by

pushing and releasing the overdrive

switch, engine braking will not be enabled

because the cruise control is not can-

celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,

see “Cruise control” in this Section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a

slippery surface. Abrupt shifting

could cause the vehicle to skid or

spin.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used for

strong engine braking as described pre-

viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you

can start the vehicle in motion as with the

lever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle

will start in first gear and automatically

shift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-

mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

zBe careful not to over−rev the en-

gine. Watch the tachometer to keep

engine rpm from going into the red

zone. The approximate maximum al-

lowable speed for each position is

given below for your reference:

“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . .

“L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

zDo not continue hill climbing or

hard towing for a long time in the

“2” or “L” position. This may cause

severe automatic transmission dam-

age from overheating. To prevent

such damage, “D” position should

be used in hill climbing or hard

towing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down with

your foot, shift the selector lever to the

“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-

hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down,

fully depress the parking brake pedal

to apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,

shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-

tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector

lever into “P” position under any cir-

cumstances while the vehicle is mov-

ing. Serious mechanical damage and

loss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked

with the shift position is set, all doors are

automatically unlocked when the selector

lever is moved to the “P” position after

the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”

position. For details, see “—Automatic

door locking and unlocking functions” in

Section 1−2.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

131

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(h) Good driving practice

DIf the transmission repeatedly shifts up

and down between third gear and over-

drive when climbing a gentle slope, the

overdrive should be turned off. Be sure

to turn the switch on immediately after-

ward.

DWhen towing a trailer, in order to main-

tain engine braking efficiency, do not

use overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brake

pedal while stopped with the engine

running. This prevents the vehicle

from creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or the

parking brake to hold the vehicle on

an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold

the vehicle using the accelerator ped-

al, as this can cause the transmission

to overheat.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-

ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from

the “P” position even though the brake

pedal is depressed, use the shift lock

override button. For instructions, see “If

you cannot shift automatic transmission

selector lever” in Section 4.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

132

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Your automatic transmission has a shift

lock system to minimize the possibility of

incorrect operation. This means you can

only shift out of “P” position when the

brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition

switch in “ON” position and the selector

lever pulled toward you).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is displayed on the in-

strument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and

key removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

"Column shift type

Overdrive switch

Selector lever

With the brake pedal depressed,

shift while pilling the selector

lever toward you. (The ignition

switch must be in “ON”

position.)

Shift while pulling the

selector lever toward you.

Shift normally.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

133

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (with

overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-

drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.

The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come

on. To turn the overdrive on again, push

the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator

light should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-

drive on for better fuel economy and

quieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-

drive is off and restarted, the overdrive

will automatically be on.

When the cruise control is being used,

even if you downshift the transmission by

pushing and releasing the overdrive

switch, engine braking will not be enabled

because the cruise control is not can-

celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,

see “Cruise control” in this Section.

1. Start the engine as instructed in “How

to start the engine” in Section 3. The

transmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brake

pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, the

automatic transmission system will select

the most suitable gear for running condi-

tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-

ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for better

fuel economy and quieter driving. If the

engine coolant temperature is low, the

transmission will not shift into the over-

drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-

tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brake

pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal

slowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linked

with the shift position is set, all doors are

automatically locked when the selector le-

ver is moved out of the “P” position after

the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”

position and all the doors are closed. For

details, see “—Automatic door locking and

unlocking functions” in Section 1−2.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshift

the transmission as follows:

DPush the overdrive switch. The “O/D

OFF” indicator light will come on and

the transmission will downshift to third

gear.

DShift into the “2” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to second gear

when the vehicle speed drops down to

or lower than 132 km/h (82 mph), and

stronger engine braking will be en-

abled.

DShift into the “L” position. The trans-

mission will downshift to first gear

When the vehicle speed drops down to

or lower than 59 km/h (36 mph), and

maximum engine braking will be en-

abled.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

134

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When the cruise control is being used,

even if you downshift the transmission by

pushing and releasing the overdrive

switch, engine braking will not be enabled

because the cruise control is not can-

celled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,

see “Cruise control” in this Section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a

slippery surface. Abrupt shifting

could cause the vehicle to skid or

spin.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used for

strong engine braking as described pre-

viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you

can start the vehicle in motion as with the

lever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle

will start in first gear and automatically

shift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-

mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

zBe careful not to overrev the en-

gine. Watch the tachometer to keep

engine rpm from going into the red

zone. The approximate maximum al-

lowable speed for each position is

given below for your reference:

“2” 139 km/h (86 mph). . . . . . . . . . .

“L” 76 km/h (47 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

zDo not continue hill climbing or

hard towing for a long time in the

“2” or “L” position. This may cause

severe automatic transmission dam-

age from overheating. To prevent

such damage, “D” position should

be used in hill climbing or hard

towing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down with

your foot, shift the selector lever to the

“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-

hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal pressed down,

fully depress the parking brake pedal

to apply the parking brake securely.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,

shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-

tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector

lever into “P” position under any cir-

cumstances while the vehicle is mov-

ing. Serious mechanical damage and

loss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linked

with the shift position is set, all doors are

automatically unlocked when the selector

lever is moved to the “P” position after

the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”

position. For details, see “—Automatic

door locking and unlocking functions” in

Section 1−2.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

135

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

(h) Good driving practice

DIf the transmission repeatedly shifts up

and down between third gear and over-

drive when climbing a gentle slope, the

overdrive should be turned off. Be sure

to turn the switch on immediately after-

ward.

DWhen towing a trailer, in order to main-

tain engine braking efficiency, do not

use overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brake

pedal while stopped with the engine

running. This prevents the vehicle

from creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or the

parking brake to hold the vehicle on

an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold

the vehicle using the accelerator ped-

al, as this can cause the transmission

to overheat.

(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-

ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from

the “P” position even though the brake

pedal is depressed, use the shift lock

override button. For instructions, see “If

you cannot shift automatic transmission

selector lever” in Section 4.

The traction control system automatical-

ly helps prevent the spinning of front

wheels when the vehicle is started or

accelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,

the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-

tions, full traction of the vehicle and

power against front wheels cannot be

maintained, even though the traction

control system is in operation. Do not

drive the vehicle under any speed or

maneuvering conditions which may

cause the vehicle to lose traction

control. In situations where the road

surface is covered with ice or snow,

your vehicle should be fitted with

snow tires or tire chains. Always

drive at an appropriate and cautious

speed for the present road condi-

tions.

Traction control system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

136

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi-

nary driving so that it can operate

when needed.

You may hear a sound in the engine

compartment for a few seconds when the

engine is started or just after the vehicle

begins to move. This means that the trac-

tion control system is in the self−check

mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-

ating, the following conditions occur:

DThe system controls the spinning of the

front wheels. At this time, the slip indi-

cator light blinks.

DYou may feel vibration or noise in your

vehicle, caused by operation of the

brakes. This indicates the system is

functioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a few

seconds when the ignition key is turned

to “ON”. If the indicator light does not

come on when the ignition is turned on,

contact your Toyota dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

When getting the vehicle out of mud or

newly fallen snow, etc., turn off the

traction control system. This system

that controls engine performance inter-

feres with the process of freeing front

wheels.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come

on.

The vehicle stability control system is al-

ways activated, even if the traction control

system is turned off.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switch

once again.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

137

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on for

a few seconds when the ignition key is

turned to “ON”. It will come on again

when you push the “TRAC OFF” switch to

turn off the system.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer:

DThe indicator light does not come on

when the ignition key is turned “ON”.

DThe indicator light remains on after the

ignition is turned on.

DThe indicator light comes on with the

normal driving mode while driving. “VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problem

somewhere in the traction control system

or the vehicle stability control system.

The light will come on when the ignition

key is turned to “ON” and will go off after

a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the

system does not work. However, as con-

ventional braking operates when applied,

there is no problem to continue your driv-

ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer:

DThe warning light does not come on

after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

DThe warning light remains on after the

ignition key is turned to “ON”.

DThe warning light comes on while driv-

ing.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come

on when the “VSC” warning light comes

on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not

pushed.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

138

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The vehicle stability control system

helps provide integrated control of the

systems such as anti−lock brake sys-

tem, traction control, engine control,

etc. This system automatically controls

the brakes and engine to help prevent

the vehicle from skidding when corner-

ing on a slippery road surface or oper-

ating steering wheel abruptly.

This system will activate when your ve-

hicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h

(9 mph), and will deactivate when the ve-

hicle speed reduces to below 15 km/h (9

mph).

You may hear a sound in the engine

compartment for a few seconds when the

engine is started or just after the vehicle

begins to move. This means that the sys-

tem is in the self−check mode but does

not indicate a malfunction.

CAUTION

DDo not rely excessively on the ve-

hicle stability control system. Even

if the vehicle stability control sys-

tem is operating, you must always

drive carefully and attentively to

avoid serious injury. Reckless driv-

ing will result in an unexpected ac-

cident. If the slip indicator light

flashes and an alarm sounds, spe-

cial care should be taken while

driving.

DOnly use tires of specified size. The

size, manufacture, brand and tread

pattern for all 4 tires should be the

same. If you use the tires other

than specified, different type or

size, the vehicle stability control

system may not function correctly.

When replacing the tires or wheels,

contact your Toyota dealer. (See

“Checking and replacing tires” in

Section 7−2.)

DIn situations where the road surface

is covered with ice or snow, your

vehicle should be fitted with snow

tires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-

ing, the slip indicator light blinks and an

alarm sounds intermittently. Special care

should be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light comes on for a few

seconds when the ignition key is turned

to “ON”. If the indicator light does not

come on when the ignition is turned on,

contact your Toyota dealer.

Vehicle stability control

system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

139

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problem

somewhere in the vehicle stability control

system or the traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignition

key is turned to “ON” and will go off after

a few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, the

system does not work. However, as con-

ventional braking operates when applied,

there is no problem to continue your driv-

ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota

dealer:

DThe warning light does not come on

after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

DThe warning light remains on after the

ignition key is turned to “ON”.

DThe warning light comes on while driv-

ing.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will come

on when the “VSC” warning light comes

on even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is not

pushed.

Type A

Type B

Parking brake

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

140

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When parking, firmly apply the parking

brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Fully depress the parking brake

pedal. For better holding power, first de-

press the brake pedal and hold it while

setting the parking brake.

To release: Depress the parking brake

pedal while depressing the brake pedal.

To remind you that the parking brake is

set, the parking brake reminder light in

the instrument panel remains on until you

release the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parking

brake is fully released and the park-

ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruise

the vehicle at a desired speed over 40

km/h (25 mph) with your foot off the

accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained

although a slight speed change may occur

when driving up or down gradient, within

the limits of engine performance. On

steeper hills, a greater speed change will

occur so it is better to drive without the

cruise control.

When the cruise control is on, the driving

pattern of the automatic transmission is

fixed in the normal position, regardless of

the position of the selector switch.

CAUTION

DTo help maintain maximum control

of your vehicle, do not use the

cruise control when driving in

heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-

pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or

winding roads.

DAvoid vehicle speed increases when

driving downhill. If the vehicle

speed is too fast in relation to the

cruise control set speed, cancel the

cruise control then downshift the

transmission to use engine braking

to slow down.

Cruise control

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

141

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

To operate the cruise control, push “ON/

OFF” button. This turns the system on.

The indicator light in the instrument clus-

ter shows that you can now set your de-

sired cruising speed. Another push will

turn the system completely off.

When the ignition key is turned off, the

system automatically turned off. To use

the cruise control again, push “ON/OFF”

button again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-

gagement, keep the cruise control

system off when not using the cruise

control.

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

The transmission must be in “D” before

you set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,

push “COAST SET” button and release it.

This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the

speed is not satisfactory, push “RES ACC”

button for a faster speed, or push “SET

COAST” button for a slower speed. Each

push changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h

(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off

the accelerator pedal.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

142

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If you need acceleration—for example,

when passing—depress the accelerator

pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed

the set speed. When you release it, the

vehicle will return to the speed set prior

to the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Depressing the brake pedal.

b. Pushing “CANCEL” button and releas-

ing it.

c. Pushing “ON/OFF” button.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40

km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will be

automatically cancelled.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10

mph) below the preset speed, the preset

speed will be also automatically cancelled.

If the preset speed automatically cancels

out for any other reasons, have your ve-

hicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the

earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push “RES ACC” button and hold it. Re-

lease the button the desired speed is at-

tained. While the button is pushed, the

vehicle will gradually gain speed.

When the difference between the actual

vehicle speed and the set speed is less

than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can

be increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time

by pushing “RES ACC” button quickly

within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-

celerate the vehicle and then push

“COAST SET” button.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push “COAST SET” button and hold it.

Release the button when the desired

speed is attained. While the button is

pushed, the vehicle speed will gradually

decrease.

When the difference is 5 km/h (3 mph) or

more, the vehicle will cruise with its actu-

al speed. When the difference between the

actual vehicle speed and the set speed is

less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed

can be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each

time by pushing “COAST SET” button

quickly within 0.6 seconds.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-

press the brake pedal and then push

“COAST SET” button.

Even if you turn off the overdrive switch

with the cruise control on, engine braking

will not be applied because the cruise

control is not cancelled. To decrease the

vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed

with the cruise control button or depress

the brake pedal. If you use the brake

pedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by push-

ing “CANCEL” button or by depressing the

brake pedal, pushing “RES ACC” button

will restore the speed set prior to can-

cellation. However, once the vehicle speed

falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the

preset speed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If “CRUISE” indicator light in the instru-

ment cluster flashes when using the

cruise control, push “ON/OFF” button to

turn the system off and then push it again

to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-

curs, there is some trouble in the cruise

control system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

143

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DThe indicator light does not come on.

DThe indicator light flashes again.

DThe indicator light goes out after it

comes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyota

dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

144

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Car audio system

Reference 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using your audio system 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Car audio system operating hints 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

145

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Type 1: AM·FM radio/cassette player/com-

pact disc player (with compact disc

changer controller)

Type 2: AM·FM radio/cassette player/com-

pact disc player with changer

This section describes some of the basic

features on Toyota audio systems. Some

information may not pertain to your sys-

tem.

Your audio system works when the ignition

key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system

on and off.

Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” to turn

on that function without pushing

“PWR·VOL”.

You can turn on each player by inserting

a cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejecting

the cassette tape or compact disc. If the

audio system was previously off, then the

entire audio system will be turned off

when you eject the cassette tape or com-

pact disc. If the another function was pre-

viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD” if the

system is already on but you want to

switch from one function to another.

Reference

Using your audio system—

—Some basics

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

146

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone and

balance controls, see the description of

your own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds to

you is largely determined by the mix of

the treble, midrange, and bass levels. In

fact, different kinds of music and vocal

programs usually sound better with differ-

ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereo

channels and of the front and rear sound

levels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to

a stereo recording or broadcast, changing

the right/left balance will increase the vol-

ume of one group of sounds while de-

creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has an antenna printed on

the inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Attaching the film (especially conduc-

tive or metallic type) on the rear win-

dow will noticeably reduce the sensi-

tivity of the radio.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposed

tape should face to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player and

do not insert anything other than cas-

sette tapes into the slot, or the tape

player may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it in

with the label side up. (The player will

automatically eject a disc if the label side

is down.) The compact disc player will

play from track 1 through the end of the

disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil any

part of the compact disc player. Do

not insert anything other than com-

pact discs into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm

(4.7 in.) discs only.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

147

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

YOUR COMPACT DISC CHANGER (type

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”

button and gently push the disc in with

the label side up. (The player will auto-

matically eject a disc if the label side is

down.) The compact disc changer will play

from track 1 through the end of the disc.

Then it will play from track 1 of the next

disc.

The changer is intended for use with 12

cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

zDo not stack up two discs for in-

sertion, or it will cause damage to

the compact disc changer. Insert

only one compact disc into slot at

a time.

zNever try to disassemble or oil any

part of the compact disc player. Do

not insert anything other than com-

pact discs into the slot.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

148

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and

features are described in the alphabetical

list that follows.

—Controls and features

"Type 1

Preset buttons

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

149

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset and

tune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in

the desired station. (See “TUNE” or

“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the

button until you hear a beep—this will set

the station to the button. The button num-

ber will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the

button for the station you want. The but-

ton number and station frequency will ap-

pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and two

FM stations for each button. (The display

will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you

push “AM” “FM”.)

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button to

eject a cassette. Push the compact disc

eject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you

will be able to eject a cassette or disc,

but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Reverse/Fast forward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast for-

ward a cassette tape. “ ” will appear

on the display. Push the reverse button to

rewind a tape. “ ” will appear on the

display.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-

ing, push the fast forward button or

“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-

winding, push the reverse button or

“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-

sette player will stop and then play that

same side. If a tape fast forwards com-

pletely, the cassette player will play the

other side of the tape, using the auto−re-

verse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reverse

through a compact disc track, push and

hold in the fast forward or reverse button.

When you release the button, the compact

disc player will resume playing.

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select

the AM band. “AM” will appear on the

display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push

“AM” to switch from cassette or compact

disc operation to radio operation.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control

and mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tone

manually.

For low−pitch tone adjustment, push

“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until

“BASS” appears on the display. Then turn

the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“BASS −5” to “BASS 5”.

For middle−pitch tone adjustment, push

“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until

“MID” appears on the display. Then turn

the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MID

−5” to “MID 5”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

150

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

For high−pitch tone adjustment, push

“AUDIO CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until

“TREB” appears on the display. Then turn

the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“TREB −5” to “TREB 5”.

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust the

sound balance between the front and rear,

and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIO

CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FADE”

appears on the display. Then turn the

knob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from

“FADE FRONT 7” to “FADE REAR 7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIO

CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” ap-

pears on the display. Then turn the knob

to adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from “BAL

LEFT 7” to “BAL RIGHT 7”.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-

sette operation to compact disc operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the compact disc player by pushing

“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already

be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc

operation, the display shows the track or,

track and disc number currently being

played. Each time you push “CD”, the

system changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-

tem will display one of the six following

error messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-

cates that the inside of the player unit

may be too hot due to the very high ambi-

ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-

azine from the player and allow the player

to cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, it

indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it

was inserted up−side down. Clean the

disc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, it

indicates no disc is loaded inside the

magazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the

display, it indicates there is a trouble in-

side the system. Eject the disc or maga-

zine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, it

indicates the compact disc changer lid is

open. Close the compact disc changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, take

your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

Compact disc changer only—

By using this button, you can select a

disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the

number of the disc you want to listen to

appears on the display.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

151

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DolbyrB NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that was

recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,

push the “ ” button. The “ B” will

appear on the display. Push the button

again to turn off Dolbyr B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise

by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-

tion, play your tapes with this button on

or off according to the mode used for

recording the tape.

∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the

double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

Push “FM” to turn on the radio and select

the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear

on the display. This system allows you to

set twelve FM stations, two for each but-

ton.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push

“FM” to switch from cassette or compact

disc operation to radio operation.

PROG (Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of a

cassette tape. The display indicates which

side is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette

player reaches the end of a tape side, it

automatically reverses and begins to play

the other side. This is true whether the

cassette was playing or fast forwarding.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system

on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the

volume.

RND (Random)

There are two random features—you can

either listen to the tracks on all the com-

pact discs in the magazine in random or-

der, or only listen to the tracks on a

specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”

will appear on the display. The disc you

are listening to will play in random order.

If you hear a beep, you held the button

too long, and the player will play all the

tracks in the magazine in random order.

To turn off the random feature, push this

button again.

Compact disc changer only—

To randomly play all the tracks in the

magazine:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display

and the player will perform all the tracks

on all the discs in the magazine in ran-

dom order. To turn off the random feature,

push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.

“” will appear on the display. When

the track ends, it will automatically be

rewound and replayed. This process will

be continued until you push the button

again to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank

space between tracks in order for the re-

peat feature to work correctly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

152

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you can

either replay a disc track or a whole com-

pact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “ ” while the

track is playing. “ ” will appear on the

display. If you hear a beep, you held the

button too long, and the player will repeat

the whole disc. When the track ends, it

will automatically be replayed. This pro-

cess will be continued until you push the

button again to turn off the repeat feature.

Compact disc changer only—

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display.

The player will repeat all the tracks on the

disc you are listening to. When the disc

ends, the player will automatically go back

to the first track on the disc and replay.

To turn off the repeat feature, push this

button again.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on

a band or scan only the preset stations

for that band.

To scan the preset stations:

Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a

beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-

et station up the band, stay there for 5

seconds, and then move to the next pre-

set station. To select a station, push

“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you

hear a beep, you held the button too long,

and the radio will scan the preset sta-

tions. The radio will find the next station

up the station band, stay there for 5 se-

conds, and then scan again. To select a

station, push “SCAN” again.

Compact Disc Player

There are two scan features—you can ei-

ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or

scan the first tracks of all the discs in the

magazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”

will appear on the display and the player

will scan all the tracks on the disc you

are listening to. If you hear a beep, you

held the button too long, and the player

will scan the first track of all the discs in

the magazine. To select a track, push

“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all

the tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-

ning.

Compact disc changer only—

Scanning the first track of all the discs in

the magazine:

Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

“·SCAN” will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first track

of the next disc. To select a disc, push

the “SCAN” again. If the player has

scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-

ning.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

153

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and

plays the next station up or down the

station band.

To seek the next station, quickly push and

release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of “SEEK”.

Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side

of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking

up or down for stations and will stop at

the next station that it finds after the but-

ton is released. on reception. Press the

button again to resume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up or

down to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.

From “SEEK +9” to “SEEK −9” will appear

on the display.

Next, push either side of the track button

until the number on the display reaches

the number of tracks you want to skip. If

you push the button ten times, the skip

feature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks you

want to rewind, remember to count the

current track as well. For example, if you

want to rewind to a song that is two be-

fore the song you are listening to, push

on the down side of the button until “REW

3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button more

than you wanted to, push the other side

of the button. The track number will be

reduced.

The track number you select is not valid

if it is higher than the number of tracks

remaining on the current cassette side.

DAfter the beginning of the tape is

reached, the player will automatically

start playing the same side.

DAfter the end of the tape is reached,

the player will automatically reverse

sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank

space between tracks for the track button

to work correctly. In addition, the feature

may not work well with some spoken

word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo

reception when a stereo broadcast is re-

ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the

signal becomes weak, the radio reduces

the amount of channel separation to prev-

ent the weak signal from creating noise.

If the signal becomes extremely weak, the

radio switches from stereo to mono recep-

tion.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-

pact disc operation to cassette operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.

In both cases, a cassette must already be

loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button):

Compact Disc Player

By using this button, you can skip up or

down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until

the number of the track you want to listen

to appears on the display. If you want to

return to the beginning of the current

track, push the down side of the button

one time, quickly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

154

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TUNE (Tuning)

Push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of

“TUNE” to step up or down the station

band. Do this again to find another fre-

quency.

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side

of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking

up or down for frequencies and will stop

at the next frequency that it finds after the

button is released. Press the button again

to resume the search.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

155

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and

features are described in the alphabetical

list that follows.

"Type 2

Preset buttons

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

156

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Preset buttons

These buttons are used to preset and

tune in radio stations. These preset but-

tons are programmable only when RDS is

not selected.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in

the desired station. (See “TUNE” or

“SEEK” button.) Push and hold down the

button until you hear a beep—this will set

the station to the button. The preset but-

ton number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the

button for the station you want. The pre-

set button number and station frequency

will appear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FM

stations for each button. (The display will

show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you

push “AM” “FM”.)

(Eject button)

Cassette tape

This button is used to eject a cassette.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can

eject a cassette but you cannot reinsert

it.

Compact disc

This button is used to eject one or all

compact discs. To eject the current com-

pact disc, push and release the compact

disc eject button. To eject all specific

discs, push either side of the “DISC” but-

ton until the number of the disc you want

to eject is displayed. Push and release

the eject button. To eject all discs, press

and hold the eject button until you hear

a beep. The last compact disc played be-

fore pushing the button will be ejected

first. If the ejected disc is not removed for

a long time, the eject function will be

cancelled.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you can

eject one or all discs but you cannot rein-

sert them.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Cassette Player

Push the fast−forward button to fast−for-

ward a cassette tape. “ ” will appear

on the display. Push the reverse button to

rewind a tape. “ ” will appear on the

display.

To stop the tape while it is fast−forward-

ing, push the fast−forward button or

“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-

winding, push the reverse button or

“TAPE”.

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassette

player will stop and then play that same

side. If a tape fast−forwards completely,

the cassette will play the other side of the

tape using the auto−reverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast−forward or reverse a

compact disc track, push and hold the

fast−forward or reverse button. When you

release the button, the compact disc play-

er will resume playing.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

157

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select

the AM band. “AM” will appear on the

display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push

“AM” to switch from cassette or compact

disc operation to AM.

AUDIO CTRL / MODE (Audio control

and mode adjustment)

Each time you push the AUDIO CONTROL

knob, the mode changes. To adjust the

tone and balance, turn the knob.

BASS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-

play ranges from −5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis-

play ranges from −5 to 5.

TREBLE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The

display ranges from −5 to 5.

BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance be-

tween the right and left speakers. The

display ranges from −7 to 7.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance be-

tween the front and rear speakers. The

display ranges from −7 to 7.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” while in radio or cassette

mode to switch to compact disc mode. If

the audio system is off, pressing “CD” will

turn on the compact disc player. A disc

must be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc

operation, the display shows the track or,

track and disc number currently being

played.

If the player or another unit equipped with

the player malfunctions, your audio system

will display one of the six following error

messages.

Error codes

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit

may be too hot due to temperature. Allow

the player to cool down.

“ERR 1”: The disc may be dirty, damaged

or inserted incorrectly (up−side down).

Clean disc and re−insert.

“ERR 2”: The compact disc player is

empty. Load disc and re−try.

“ERR 3” or “ERR 4”: This indicates in-

ternal error. Re−load discs.

“OPEn”: The compact disc changer lid is

open. Close the compact disc changer lid.

If the malfunction still exists, take your

vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

By using this button, you can select a

disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the

number of the disc you want to listen

appears on the display.

DolbyrB NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that was

recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction,

push the “ ” button. The “ B” will

appear on the display. Push the button

again to turn off Dolbyr B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise

by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-

tion, play your tapes with this button on

or off according to the mode used for

recording the tape.

∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the

double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

158

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Push “FM” to turn on the radio to FM

band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear on the

display. This system allows you to set

twelve FM stations, two for each of the

six preset button.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push

“FM” to switch from cassette or compact

disc operation to FM.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compact

discs in the compact disc changer which

is integrated with the radio and cassette

player. This compact disc changer can

store up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”

position for the load function.

Loading one compact disc only—

To load one compact disc only, quickly

push and release the button. If you hold

the button too long (if the audio system

is on at this time, you hear a beep.), the

mechanism will change to the mode for

loading multiple compact discs. After

pushing the button, insert a compact disc.

After the disc is loaded, the shutter of the

slot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter

will close after 15 seconds.

Loading multiple compact discs—

To load multiple compact discs, push and

hold the button (until you hear a beep

when the audio system is on). After push-

ing the button, insert the first compact

disc. After the disc is loaded, the shutter

of the slot will close. After a few seconds,

the shutter will automatically open again

so the next disc can be inserted. The

same process can be applied for loading

the rest of the discs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter

will close after 15 seconds.

MSG (Message)

This button is operational only in RDS

mode.

When an RDS radio station transmits a

text message, “MSG” will be displayed. At

this time, push “MSG” button to view the

text message. The message display will

be canceled if any button that affects the

display is pushed. To view the message

again, push the “MSG” button again. After

the entire message has been displayed,

the message will disappear.

The RDS audio system has memory to

store three 64 character messages. To

store a message in memory, push and

hold the “MSG” button until you hear a

beep.

If 3 messages are already stored in

memory, the oldest message will be over-

written by the new message.

To recall a radio text message, push the

“MSG” button momentarily. This will dis-

play the most recent message. A second

push of the “MSG” button while the most

stored message(s) are displayed begins

with the newest one.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

159

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If no messages have been stored, or if

there are no more messages to be re-

called, “NO MSG STORED” will appear on

the display, and the message display will

be canceled. The display then returns to

show the program service name. The

message display will be canceled if you

activate any function that affects the dis-

play.

Message display can be canceled by

pressing any of the following buttons:

“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “LOAD”,

“SEEK”, “TUNE”, any preset, “SCAN”, any

audio control, “RDS”, “SRCH” or “<PROG

TYPES>”. If the current station is not a

traffic program and traffic announcements

is off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the dis-

play. The message will be canceled after

the entire message has been displayed.

PROG (Program)

The “ ” button switches the side of

the cassette being played. The display in-

dicates which side is currently selected

(“°” indicates top side, “±” indicates bot-

tom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette

reaches the end of a tape, it automatically

reverses and begins to play the other

side. This feature works both in play and

fast−forward mode.

<PROG TYPES> (Program Types)

This button is operational only in RDS

mode.

This button is used for program type

(PTY) search of RDS stations. 32 program

types are available as listed here.

By pushing this button, RDS turns on in

FM mode and “RDS” will be displayed. If

the program type search is not already

performed, the radio will start a program

type search (see “SRCH” for details). If a

program type search has already been

performed, the last active program type

will be tuned.

If you are already in FM type mode and

a program type is not already being dis-

played, pushing this button will recall the

display for the current program type.

After a program type is being displayed,

subsequent pushes of this button within 3

seconds will toggle through the available

program types. Pushing the right or left

arrows repeatedly will increment or decre-

ment the display through the available pro-

gram types in alphabetical order.

Program Type List

The following program type names are

available. After a program type search,

the radio will display one of the following

program types for 3 seconds, then the

program type name for 3 seconds (if

available). After that, it will display the

first 8 characters of the program service

name of the current station.

Program types included are

DAdlt Hit (Adult Hits)

DAlert! (Emergency message)

DClassicl (Classical)

DCls Rock (Classic Rock)

DCollege

DCountry

DInform (Information)

DJazz

DLanguage

DNews

DNostalga (Nostalgia)

DOldies

DPersnlty (Personality)

DPublic

DR & B (Rhythm and Blues)

DRel Musc (Religious Music)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

160

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DRel Talk (Religious Talk)

DRock

DSoft

DSoft R&B (Soft Rhythm and Blues)

DSoft Rck (Soft Rock)

DSports

DTa l k

DTest (Emergency Test)

DTop 4 0

DWeather

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system

on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the

volume.

RDS (Radio Data System)

Your audio system is equipped with Radio

Data Systems (RDS). RDS mode provides

you to receive text messages from radio

stations that utilize RDS transmitters.

If the FM radio, cassette player or com-

pact disc player is on, pushing this button

will turn RDS on or off.

When RDS is on, the radio can

—select only stations of a particular pro-

gram type,

—seek to stations with traffic announce-

ments,

—display messages from radio stations,

—search for a stronger signal station,

—receive announcements concerning local

and national emergencies (even if RDS

function is turned off)

RDS features are available for use only

on FM stations which broadcast RDS in-

formation.

ALERT: This type of announcement warns

of national or local emergencies. You will

not be able to turn off alert announce-

ments. Alert announcements will come on

even if RDS mode is turned off. “Alert!”

appears on the display when an alert an-

nouncement plays. The radio uses TA vol-

ume during these announcements. When

an alert announcement comes on the

tuned radio station or a related network

station, you will hear it even if the volume

is muted or a cassette tape or compact

disc is playing. If the radio tunes to a

related network station for an alert an-

nouncement, it will return to the original

station when the announcement is fin-

ished. If the cassette tape or compact

disc player is playing, play will stop for

the announcement and resume when the

announcement is finished.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

161

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

RND (Random)

There are two random features—you can

either listen to the tracks on all the com-

pact discs in the magazine in random or-

der, or only listen to the tracks on a

specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”

will appear on the display. The disc you

are listening to will play in random order.

If you hear a beep, the player will play all

the tracks in the magazine in random or-

der. To turn off the random feature, push

this button again.

To randomly play all the tracks in the

magazine:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display

and the player will perform all the tracks

on all the discs in the magazine in ran-

dom order. To turn off the random feature,

push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.

“” will appear on the display. When

the track ends, it will automatically rewind

and replay. To turn off the repeat feature,

push this button again.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank

space between tracks in order for the re-

peat feature to work correctly.

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you can

either replay a disc track or a whole com-

pact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “ ” while the

track is playing. “ ” will appear on the

display. If you hear a beep, the player will

repeat the whole disc. When the track

ends, it will automatically replay. To turn

off the repeat feature, push this button

again.

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display.

The player will repeat all the tracks on the

disc you are listening to. When the disc

ends, the player will automatically go back

to the first track on the disc and replay.

To turn off the repeat feature, push this

button again.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

162

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on

a band or scan only the preset stations

for that band.

To scan the preset stations:

Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a

beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-

et station up the band, stay there for 5

seconds, and then move to the next pre-

set station. To select a station, push

“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. The

radio will find the next station up the sta-

tion band, stay there for 5 seconds, and

then scan again to the next preset. To

select a station, push “SCAN” again. If

you hear a beep, the radio will scan the

preset stations.

Compact Disc Player

There are two scan features—you can ei-

ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or

scan the first tracks of all the discs in the

magazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”

will appear on the display and the player

will scan all the tracks on the disc you

are listening to. If you hear a beep, the

player will scan the first track of all the

discs in the magazine. To select a track,

push “SCAN” again. If the player scanned

all the tracks on the disc, it will stop

scanning.

Scanning the first track of all the discs in

the magazine:

Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

“DSCAN” will appear on the display and

the player will scan the first track of the

next disc. To select a disc, push the

“SCAN” again. If the player has scanned

all the discs, it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and

plays the next station up or down the

station band.

To seek the next station, quickly push and

release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of “SEEK”.

Do this again to find the station after that.

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side

of “SEEK”, the radio will continue seeking

up or down for stations and will stop at

the next station that it finds after the but-

ton is released. Press the button again to

resume the search.

Cassette Player

By using this button you can skip up or

down to locate a song or recording.

You can select up to 9 recordings (includ-

ing current one).

A blank space of at least 3 seconds is

considered to be a start of a recording.

When beginning of a tape is reached, the

player automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, the

player automatically reverses sides and

resumes normal play.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

163

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

In addition, the feature may not work well

with some spoken word, live, or classical

recordings.

SRCH (Search)

This feature is available only in RDS

mode.

This button allows you to search all avail-

able RDS stations out of the entire FM

band and sort them by program type (see

“<PROG TYPES>” for details on program

types).

By pushing this button, RDS is turned on

if it was off (“RDS” will display). The radio

is switched to FM type mode. During the

program type search, “SEARCHING....” will

show on the display. Also at this time,

“FM” and “TYPE” will appear on the dis-

play to indicate that the preset buttons are

for program type.

After searching for all available RDS sta-

tions, the radio will activate the previously

used program type. If the previously used

program type is not available, or if the

radio has not yet performed a program

type search, the radio will activate the

first available program type, in alphabeti-

cal order, that has stations in memory.

The radio will preset the stations of the

current program type into the preset but-

tons.

If more than 6 stations of a program type

are found, the radio will create a second

bank of presets, such as “Rock 1” and

“Rock 2”. These are accessible through

the “<PROG TYPES>” button. If more than

12 stations are found, the radio will load

the 12 strongest stations signal of the

program type into the presets.

After the search is complete, the radio will

display the number of RDS stations found

for 3 seconds: for example, “Found 19

RDS.” The radio will then display the se-

lected program type for 3 seconds: for

example, “ROCK”. After the program type

has been displayed for 3 seconds, the

radio will display the program type name

for 3 seconds. After that, the radio will

display the program service name.

Day mode (headlights off): The radio will

only display the number of presets that

have a frequency for the selected program

type. For example, if program type Rock

is selected, and there are three rock sta-

tions, only preset numbers 1, 2 and 3 will

be displayed. The remaining preset num-

bers will not be displayed and the remain-

ing preset button(s) will have no function.

Night mode (headlights on): In addition to

the display described for day mode, the

radio will illuminate the jewels of the pre-

sets that have stations available. The re-

maining preset button(s) will have no func-

tion.

A type search in progress can be can-

celed by pushing the following buttons:

“SEEK”, “TUNE”, “SCAN”, “AM”, “FM”, any

preset button, “CD” (if CD mode is avail-

able), “TAPE” (if tape mode is available),

“RDS”, “SRCH”, “<PROG TYPES>”,

“TRAF” or “LOAD”. If any of these buttons

is pressed, the search will be canceled

and the appropriate function started. In-

serting a tape will also cancel the search.

If no RDS stations are found, “FOUND 0

RDS” will display and the radio will return

to the previous FM mode and frequency.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo

reception when a stereo broadcast is re-

ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the

signal becomes weak, the radio reduces

the amount of channel separation to prev-

ent the weak signal from creating noise.

If the signal becomes extremely weak, the

radio switches from stereo to mono recep-

tion.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

164

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-

pact disc operation to cassette operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn

on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.

In both cases, a cassette must already be

loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button):

Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or

down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until

the number of the track you want to listen

to appears on the display. If you want to

return to the beginning of the current

track, quickly push the down side of the

button one time.

TRAF (Traffic)

This feature is available only in RDS

mode.

This button turns the traffic announcement

(TA) feature on and off.

By pushing this button, RDS is turned on

if it was off (“RDS” will display), and traf-

fic announcement feature is on. “TRAF”

appears on the display when the radio is

tuned to a traffic station. When the traffic

announcement feature is on, “< >” will be

displayed (<TRAF>).

If the current station is not a traffic sta-

tion, the radio will start a traffic program

search in increasing frequency order. Dur-

ing a traffic program search, “Seek Traffic”

will display. If no traffic programs are

found, “No Traf Info” will display.

If the radio receives a traffic announce-

ment, it will interrupt the cassette player

or compact disc mode (if either one was

on), adjust the volume to Traffic An-

nouncement level, and broadcast the traf-

fic announcement. During a traffic an-

nouncement, “TRAFFIC” will appear on the

display. After traffic announcement, it will

return to the previous mode and volume

level.

TA volume memory function—The volume

level when receiving the traffic announce-

ment is memorized.

When “TA” is received next time, the sys-

tem compares the volume before “TA” is

received and the memorized TA volume

and automatically selects the louder vol-

ume. However, the range of volume

memory is limited: if the volume received

previously is less than the minimum, this

volume will be used.

You can adjust the volume independently

from the memorized TA volume range

while receiving a TA station.

Traffic announcement can be canceled by

turning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”

button again.

TUNE (Tuning)

Push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of

“TUNE” to step up or down the station

band. Do this again to find another fre-

quency.

If you push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side

of “TUNE”, the radio will continue seeking

up or down for frequencies and will stop

at the next frequency that it finds after the

button is released. Press the button again

to resume the search.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

165

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-

erations:

zBe careful not to spill beverages

over the audio system.

zDo not put anything other than a

cassette tape or Compact Disc into

the slot.

zThe use of a cellular phone inside

or near the vehicle may cause a

noise from the speakers of the au-

dio system which you are listening

to. However, this does not indicate

a malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio reception

does not mean there is a problem with

your radio—it is just the normal result of

conditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terrain

can interfere with FM reception. Power

lines or telephone wires can interfere with

AM signals. The farther you are from a

station, the weaker its signal will be. In

addition, reception conditions change

constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-

lems that you may experience.

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the

effective range of FM is about 40 km (25

miles). Once outside this range, you may

notice fading and drifting, which increase

with the distance from the radio transmit-

ter. They are often accompanied by distor-

tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,

making it possible for two signals to reach

your antenna at the same time. If this

happens, the signals will cancel each oth-

er out, causing a momentary flutter or

loss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur when

signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or

other large objects. Increasing the bass

level may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal you

are listening to is interrupted or weak-

ened, and there is another strong station

nearby on the FM band, your radio may

tune in the second station until the origi-

nal signal can be picked up again.

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by

the upper atmosphere−especially at night.

These reflected signals can interfere with

those received directly from the radio sta-

tion, causing the radio station to sound

alternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-

nal and a signal received directly from a

radio station are very nearly the same

frequency, they can interfere with each

other, making it difficult to hear the broad-

cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by external

sources of electrical noise, such as high

tension power lines, lightening, or electri-

cal motors. This results in static.

Car audio system operating

hints

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

166

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

AND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-

sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-

larly.

DA dirty tape head or tape path can

decrease sound quality and tangle your

cassette tapes. The easiest way to

clean them is by using a cleaning tape.

(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high−quality cassettes.

DLow−quality cassette tapes can cause

many problems, including poor sound,

inconsistent playing speed, and

constant auto−reversing. They can also

get stuck or tangled in the cassette

player.

DDo not use a cassette if it has been

damaged or tangled or if its label is

peeling off.

DDo not leave a cassette in the player

if you are not listening to it, especially

if it is hot outside.

DStore cassettes in their cases and out

of direct sunlight.

DAvoid using cassettes with a total play-

ing time longer than 100 minutes (50

minutes per side). The tape used in

these cassettes is thin and could get

stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC

PLAYER AND DISCS

DYour compact disc player is intended

for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

DExtremely high temperatures can keep

your compact disc player from working.

On hot days, use the air conditioning

to cool the vehicle interior before you

listen to a disc.

DBumpy roads or other vibrations may

make your compact disc player skip.

DIf moisture gets into your compact disc

player, you may not hear any sound

even though your compact disc player

appears to be working. Remove the

disc from the player and wait until it

dries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisible

laser beam which could cause hazard-

ous radiation exposure if directed

outside the unit. Be sure to operate

the player correctly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

167

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DUse only compact discs marked as

shown above. The following products

may not be playable on your compact

disc player.

Copy−protected CD

CD−R (CD−Recordable)

CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)

CD−ROM

Special shaped discs

Transparent/translucent discs

Low quality discs

Labeled discs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

168

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

Do not use special shaped, transpar-

ent/translucent, low quality or labeled

discs such as those shown in the il-

lustrations. The use of such discs

may damage the player or changer, or

it may be impossible to eject the

disc.

Correct Wrong

DHandle compact discs carefully, espe-

cially when you are inserting them.

Hold them on the edge and do not

bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints

on them, particularly on the shiny side.

DDirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or

other disc damage could cause the

player to skip or to repeat a section of

a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the

disc up to the light.)

DRemove discs from the compact disc

player when you are not listening to

them. Store them in their plastic cases

away from moisture, heat, and direct

sunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a

soft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-

ened with water. Wipe in a straight line

from the center to the edge of the disc

(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,

lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventional

record cleaner or anti−static device.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

169

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

170

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Air conditioning system

Manual air conditioning system

Controls 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air flow selector settings 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating tips 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning system

Controls 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air flow selector settings 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating tips 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking and replacing the air conditioning filter 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 9

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

171

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Temperature selector

(mainly for driver and secondarily for

front passenger)

2. Air intake selector

3. “A/C” button

4. Temperature selector

(mainly for front passenger and

secondarily for driver)

5. Air flow selector

6. Fan speed selector

Manual air conditioning system—

—Controls

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

172

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to

the right to increase, to the left to de-

crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—

to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Knowledge for the two−temperature se-

lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde-

pendent temperature selectors: left and

right (for the use of driver and front pas-

senger respectively).

DThere are cases where the temperature

of the airflow may not accurately corre-

late on the driver and front passenger

side according to circumstances, even

if the left and right temperature selec-

tors are set at the same temperature.

If this situation occurs, use the fine

tune operation to adjust the air temper-

ature on one side.

Note: This manual dual temperature se-

lectors should generally only be used

as independent temperature settings for

the left and right.

DThere are cases where one or both of

the airflow temperatures may not accu-

rately correlate with the set tempera-

ture according to circumstances, when

the airflow temperature settings on the

left and right are substantially different.

For example, if the left controller is set

at central or neutral temperature while

the right one is set at maximum heat-

ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.

If this situation occurs, use the fine

tune operation to adjust the air temper-

ature on each side.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used for

air flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the

instrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor

vents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selector

setting at about the center, warm air

flows out of the floor vents and rela-

tively low−temperature air flows out of

the center and side vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor

vents.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

173

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly

from the floor vents and windshield

vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the

floor/windshield position turns on the

defogging function with the purpose of

clearing the front view.

This position allows the air intake to

select FRESH automatically. This is to

clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-

take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears

the front view more quickly.

5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the

windshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the

windshield position turns on the defog-

ging function with the purpose of clear-

ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake to

select FRESH automatically. This is to

clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-

take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears

the front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,

see “—Air flow selector settings” de-

scribed below.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

An indicator light will illuminate to show

which air intake mode is being selected.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside

the vehicle.

2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-

tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,

the air intake mode may change automati-

cally to FRESH depending on the condi-

tion of the air conditioning system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

174

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the

“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator

will come on. To turn the air conditioning

off, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there

is a problem in the air conditioning system

and the air conditioning automatically

shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-

hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

175

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DTo cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with

the windows open for a few minutes.

This vents the hot air, allowing the air

conditioning to cool the interior more

quickly.

DMake sure the air intake grilles in front

of the windshield are not blocked (by

leaves or snow, for example).

DOn humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could

fog up because of the difference in air

temperature on the inside and outside

of the windshield.

DKeep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate through-

out the vehicle.

DOn cold days, set the fan speed to

high for a minute to help clear the

intake ducts of snow or moisture. This

can reduce the amount of fogging on

the windows.

DWhen driving on dusty roads, close all

windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-

hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after

closing the windows, it is recommended

that the air intake selector be set to

FRESH and the fan speed selector to

any setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

On some models

—Operating tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

176

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DIf following another vehicle on a dusty

road, or driving in windy and dusty

conditions, it is recommended that the

air intake selector be temporarily set to

RECIRCULATE, which will close off the

outside passage and prevent outside

air and dust from entering the vehicle

interior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—To wa r ds WARM

(red zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—FLOOR

Air conditioning—OFF

DFor quick heating, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the

windows from fogging, select fresh af-

ter the vehicle interior has been

warmed.

DPress the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-

fied heating.

DChoose floor/windshield air flow to heat

the vehicle interior while defrosting or

defogging the windshield.

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—To wa r ds COLD

(blue zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—ON

DFor quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes.

Ventilation

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—To wa r ds COLD

(blue zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—OFF

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

177

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Defogging

The inside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—To wa r ds WARM

(red zone) to heat;

COLD (blue zone) to

cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-

shield or floor/windshield position turns on

the defogging function with the purpose of

clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-

shield or floor/windshield position, the air

intake selects FRESH automatically. This

is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake

selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears the

front view more quickly.

DOn humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference be-

tween the outside and inside tempera-

tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—To wa r ds WARM

(red zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-

shield or floor/windshield position turns on

the defrosting function with the purpose of

clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-

shield or floor/windshield position, the air

intake selects FRESH automatically. This

is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake

selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears the

front view more quickly.

DTo heat the vehicle interior while de-

frosting the windshield, choose

floor/windshield air flow.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

178

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. “AUTO” button

2. “OFF” button

3. Air intake selector

4. Windshield air flow button

5. “A/C” button

6. “DUAL” button

7. Temperature selector

(Only for the independent mode that

display shows “DUAL”; mainly for front

passenger and secondarily for driver)

8. “MODE” button (air flow selector)

9. Fan speed selector

10. Temperature selector

(At the independent mode that display

shows “DUAL”; mainly for driver and

secondarily for front passenger)

(At the linked mode that display does

not show “DUAL”; for driver)

Automatic air conditioning system—

—Controls

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

179

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-

tioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”

will appear on the display to show that

the automatic operation mode has been

selected.

In the automatic operation mode, the air

conditioning selects the most suitable fan

speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of

the air conditioning according to the tem-

perature.

When you press the “AUTO” button with

the air intake mode at FRESH, internal

circulation may be applied for maximum

cooling.

You may use manual controls if you want

to select your own settings.

Fan speed selector

Push the “>” (increase) or “<” (decrease)

side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not have

to adjust the fan speed unless you desire

another fan speed mode.

Temperature selector

To increase the temperature, press the

“Ɯ” side, to decrease it, press the “Ɲ”

side.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust to

maximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” when

you adjust to maximum warming.

The temperature display changes between

“_C” and “_F” when the unit of the outside

temperature display is changed.

“DUAL” button

This switch is used to set the tempera-

tures independently for the driver’s seat

and front passenger seat.

Pushing the button changes the mode

from independent and linked.

Independent mode: Temperatures can be

set independently for the driver’s seat and

front passenger’s seat. “DUAL” will appear

on the display to show that the indepen-

dent mode has been selected.

Linked mode: The same temperature is

set for the driver’s seat and front passen-

ger’s seat.

When the temperature for the front pas-

senger’s seat is changed in linked mode,

the mode is changed automatically to in-

dependent mode.

Knowledge for the two−temperature se-

lector operation

This air conditioning system has two inde-

pendent temperature selectors: left and

right (for the use of driver and front pas-

senger respectively).

DThere are cases where the temperature

of the airflow may not accurately corre-

late on the driver and front passenger

side according to circumstances, even

if the left and right temperature selec-

tors are set at the same temperature.

If this situation occurs, use the fine

tune operation to adjust the air temper-

ature on one side.

DThere are cases where one or both of

the airflow temperatures may not accu-

rately correlate with the set tempera-

ture according to circumstances, when

the airflow temperature settings on the

left and right are substantially different.

For example, if the left controller is set

at central or neutral temperature while

the right one is set at maximum heat-

ing or maximum cooling, or vice versa.

If this situation occurs, use the fine

tune operation to adjust the air temper-

ature on each side.

“OFF” button

Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air

conditioning system.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

180

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

“MODE” button (air flow selector)

Push the “MODE” button to select the

vents used for air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not have

to select the air flow unless you desire

another air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the

instrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor

vents and the instrument panel vents.

When you set the temperature selector

setting at about the middle in automatic

operation, warm air flows out of the

floor vents and relatively low−tempera-

ture air flows out of the center and

side vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor

vents.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly

from the floor vents and windshield

vents.

Use with the air intake selector posi-

tioned in FRESH.

For details about air flow selector settings,

see “—Air flow selector settings” de-

scribed below.

Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flows

mainly from the windshield vents and

turns on the defogging function with the

purpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returns

the air flow mode to the last one used.

This button allows the air intake to select

FRESH automatically. This is to clean up

the front view more quickly. If you want

to return the setting to RECIRCULATE

mode, press the air intake selector button

once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears the

front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,

see “—Air flow selector settings” de-

scribed below.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

181

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

The air intake mode which is being se-

lected is shown on the display.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside

the vehicle.

2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the sys-

tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,

the air intake mode may change automati-

cally to FRESH depending on the condi-

tion of the air conditioning system.

For example, when the ambient tempera-

ture is low, the air intake mode may

change automatically to FRESH. This is

not a malfunction.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the

“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator

will come on. To turn the air conditioning

off, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there

is a problem in the air conditioning system

and the air conditioning automatically

shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-

hicle to your Toyota dealer for service.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

182

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DTo cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive with

the windows open for a few minutes.

This vents the hot air, allowing the air

conditioning to cool the interior more

quickly.

DMake sure the air intake grilles in front

of the windshield are not blocked (by

leaves or snow, for example).

DOn humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield. The windshield could

fog up because of the difference in air

temperature on the inside and outside

of the windshield.

DKeep the area under the front seats

clear to allow air to circulate through-

out the vehicle.

DOn cold days, set the fan speed to

high for a minute to help clear the

intake ducts of snow or moisture. This

can reduce the amount of fogging on

the windows.

DWhen driving on dusty roads, close all

windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-

hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after

closing the windows, it is recommended

that the air intake selector be set to

FRESH and the fan speed selector to

any setting except “OFF”.

On some models

—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

183

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DIf following another vehicle on a dusty

road, or driving in windy and dusty

conditions, it is recommended that the

air intake selector be temporarily set to

RECIRCULATE, which will close off the

outside passage and prevent outside

air and dust from entering the vehicle

interior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.

Temperature—To the desired

temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air conditioning—OFF

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed

Temperature—To wa r ds high temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—FLOOR

Air conditioning—OFF

DFor quick heating, select recirculated

air for a few minutes. To keep the

windows from fogging, select fresh af-

ter the vehicle interior has been

warmed.

DPress the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-

fied heating.

DChoose floor/windshield air flow to heat

the vehicle interior while defrosting or

defogging the windshield.

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.

Temperature—To the desired

temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air conditioning—ON

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed

Temperature—Towards low temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—ON

DFor quick cooling, select recirculated

air for a few minutes.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

184

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Ventilation

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.

Temperature—Towards low temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air conditioning—OFF

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed

Temperature—Towards low temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Temperature—To wa r ds high temperature

to heat; low temperature

to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed

Temperature—To wa r ds high temperature

to heat; low temperature

to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow button

turns on the defogging function with the

purpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-

ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-

matically. This is to clean up the front

view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake

selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears the

front view more quickly.

DOn humid days, do not blow cold air

on the windshield—the difference be-

tween the outside and inside tempera-

tures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

—For automatic operation

Temperature—Towards high temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

—For manual operation

Fan speed—To the desired fan speed

Temperature—Towards high temperature

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow button

turns on the defrosting function with the

purpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-

ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-

matically. This is to clean up the front

view more quickly.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

185

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake

selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified

heating or cooling. This setting clears the

front view more quickly.

DTo heat the vehicle interior while de-

frosting the windshield, choose

floor/windshield air flow.

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check

the side vents. The side vents may be

opened or closed as shown.

The air conditioning filter information

label is placed on the inside of the

glove box as shown and indicates that

a filter has been installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dust

from entering the vehicle through the air

conditioning vent.

Side vents

Checking and replacing air

conditioning filter

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

186

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This air conditioning system has a high

efficient air refiner filter which helps

eliminate dust and pollen, thereby in-

creasing your driving comfort.

The air conditioning filter is set behind

the glove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog after

long use. The filter may need to be re-

placed if the air flow of the air conditioner

and heater experiences extreme reductions

in operating efficiency, or if the windows

begin to fog up easily.

Perform filter replacement periodically.

Period of replacement (expected):

For U.S.A.—Every 30000 miles

For Canada—Every 16000 km

NOTE: This is the normal maintenance

period. This may change depending on

operating conditions.

If the symptoms of air conditioning

efficiency problems occur, contact your

Toyota dealer to have the filter checked

and replaced.

(Actual replacement time: Less than 10

minutes approximately)

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the air condi-

tioning filter by yourself. Doing so

may damage the vehicle.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-

erly in position. The use of air condi-

tioning with the air filter removed

may cause deteriorated dustproof per-

formance and then affect air condi-

tioning performance.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

187

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

212

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR

TOYOTA

Information before driving your Toyota

Break−in period 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operation in foreign countries 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three−way catalytic converters 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine exhaust cautions 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Facts about engine oil consumption 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Iridium−tipped spark plugs 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake system 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake pad wear limit indicators 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Your Toyota’s identification 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theft prevention labels 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Suspension and chassis 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tire information 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vehicle load limits 233. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cargo and luggage 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Types of tires 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

213

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate

break−in. But following a few simple tips

for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add

to the future economy and long life of

your vehicle:

DAvoid full throttle acceleration when

starting and driving.

DAvoid racing the engine.

DTry to avoid hard stops during the first

300 km (200 miles).

DDo not drive for a long time at any

single speed, either fast or slow.

DDo not tow a trailer during the first 800

km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-

leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your

Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.

The special nozzle on pumps with un-

leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-

dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will

not.

At a minimum, the gasoline you use

should meet specifications of ASTM

D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93

in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of

leaded gasoline will cause the three−

way catalytic converter to lose its ef-

fectiveness and the emission control

system to function improperly. Also,

this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-

tane Number 91) or higher. For im-

proved vehicle performance, the use of

premium unleaded gasoline with an Oc-

tane Rating of 91 (Research Octane

Number 96) or higher is recommended.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane

rating or research octane number lower

than stated above will cause persistent

heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will

lead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even when

using the recommended fuel, or if you

hear steady knocking while holding a

steady speed on level roads, consult your

Toyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may notice

light knocking for a short time while accel-

erating or driving up hills. This is normal

and there is no need for concern.

Break−in period Fuel

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

214

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT

ADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline

that contains detergent additives to

avoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.

contains detergent additives to keep clean

and/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,

Europe and Japan have developed a

specification for quality fuel named

World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that

is expected to be applied world wide.

The WWFC consists of four categories

that depend on required emission lev-

els. In the U.S., category 3 has been

adopted. The WWFC improves air quali-

ty by providing for better emissions in

vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction

through better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-

formulated gasoline that contains oxy-

genates such as ethanol or MTBE is

available in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleaner

burning gasoline and appropriately blended

reformulated gasoline. These types of gas-

oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-

mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-

prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenate

blended gasoline where the oxygenate

content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%

MTBE. If you use gasohol in your

Toyota, be sure that it has an octane

rating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use of

gasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-

hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-

clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use of

gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-

taining MMT is used, your emission con-

trol system may be adversely affected.

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-

strument cluster may come on. If this hap-

pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-

vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experience

driveability problems caused by the partic-

ular gasoline that you are using. If you

continue to have unacceptable driveability,

try changing gasoline brands. If this does

not rectify your problem, then consult your

Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

zDo not use gasohol other than

stated above. It will cause fuel sys-

tem damage or vehicle performance

problems.

zIf driveability problems occur (poor

hot starting, vaporizing, engine

knock, etc.), discontinue the use.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

215

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

zTake care not to spill gasohol dur-

ing refueling. Gasohol may cause

paint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

If you plan to drive your Toyota in

another country...

First, comply with the vehicle registration

laws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-

rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane

number).

The three−way catalytic converter is an

emission control device installed in the

exhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the

exhaust gas.

CAUTION

DKeep people and combustible mate-

rials away from the exhaust pipe

while the engine is running. The

exhaust gas is very hot.

DDo not drive, idle or park your ve-

hicle over anything that might burn

easily such as grass, leaves, paper

or rags.

Operation in foreign countries Three−way catalytic converters

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

216

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gases

flowing into the three−way catalytic

converter may cause it to overheat

and create a fire hazard. To prevent

this and other damage, observe the

following precautions:

zUse only unleaded gasoline.

zDo not drive with an extremely low

fuel level; running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, creat-

ing an excessive load on the three−

way catalytic converter.

zDo not allow the engine to run at

idle speed for more than 20 min-

utes.

zAvoid racing the engine.

zDo not push−start or pull−start your

vehicle.

zDo not turn off the ignition while

the vehicle is moving.

zKeep your engine in good running

order. Malfunctions in the engine

electrical system, electronic ignition

system/distributor ignition system

or fuel system could cause an ex-

tremely high three−way catalytic

converter temperature.

zIf the engine becomes difficult to

start or stalls frequently, take your

vehicle in for a check−up as soon

as possible. Remember, your Toyota

dealer knows your vehicle and its

three−way catalytic converter sys-

tem best.

zTo ensure that the three−way cata-

lytic converter and the entire emis-

sion control system operate proper-

ly, your vehicle must receive the

periodic inspections required by the

Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For

scheduled maintenance information,

refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance

Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-

ment”.

CAUTION

DAvoid inhaling the engine exhaust.

It contains carbon monoxide, which

is a colorless and odorless gas. It

can cause unconsciousness or even

death.

DMake sure the exhaust system has

no holes or loose connections. The

system should be checked from

time to time. If you hit something,

or notice a change in the sound of

the exhaust, have the system

checked immediately.

DDo not run the engine in a garage

or enclosed area except for the

time needed to drive the vehicle in

or out. The exhaust gases cannot

escape, making this a particularly

dangerous situation.

DDo not remain for a long time in a

parked vehicle with the engine run-

ning. If it is unavoidable, however,

do so only in an unconfined area

and adjust the heating or cooling

system to force outside air into the

vehicle.

Engine exhaust cautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

217

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DKeep the trunk lid closed while

driving. An open or unsealed trunk

lid may cause exhaust gases to be

drawn into the vehicle.

DTo allow proper operation of your

vehicle’s ventilation system, keep

the inlet grilles in front of the wind-

shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-

er obstructions.

DIf you smell exhaust fumes in the

vehicle, drive with the windows

open and the trunk lid closed. Have

the cause immediately located and

corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions of

lubricating and cooling the inside of the

engine, and plays a major role in main-

taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-

sume some engine oil during normal

engine operation. The causes of oil

consumption in a normal engine are as

follows.

DOil is used to lubricate pistons, piston

rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil

is left on the cylinder wall when a pis-

ton moves downwards in the cylinder.

High negative pressure generated when

the vehicle is decelerating sucks some

of this oil into the combustion chamber.

This oil as well as some part of the oil

film left on the cylinder wall is burned

by the high temperature combustion

gases during the combustion process.

DOil is also used to lubricate the stems

of the intake valves. Some of this oil

is sucked into the combustion chamber

together with the intake air and is

burned along with the fuel. High tem-

perature exhaust gases also burn the

oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve

stems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-

pends on the viscosity of the oil, the

quality of the oil and the conditions the

vehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-

ing and frequent acceleration and decel-

eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, since

its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls

have not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000

km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp. qt./600

miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-

sumption, note the that oil may become

diluted and make it difficult to judge

the true level accurately.

Facts about engine oil

consumption

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

218

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

As an example, if a vehicle is used for

repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-

mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not

show any drop in the oil level at all, even

after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This

is because the oil is gradually becoming

diluted with fuel or moisture, making it

appear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate out

when the vehicle is then driven at high

speeds, as on an expressway, making it

appear that oil is excessively consumed

after driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL

CHECK

One of the most important points in prop-

er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-

gine oil at the optimum level so that oil

function will not be impaired. Therefore, it

is essential that the oil level be checked

regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil

level be checked every time you refuel

the vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularly

could lead to serious engine trouble

due to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,

see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-

tion 7−2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped

spark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs

and do not adjust gaps for your en-

gine performance and smooth drive-

ability.

Iridium−tipped spark plugs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

219

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The tandem master cylinder brake system

is a hydraulic system with two separate

sub−systems. If either sub−system should

fail, the other will still work. However, the

pedal will be harder to press, and your

stopping distance will increase. Also, the

brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only a

single brake system. Have your

brakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum to

power−assist the brakes. If the engine

should quit while you are driving, you can

bring the vehicle to a stop with normal

pedal pressure. There is enough reserved

vacuum for one or two stops—but no

more!

CAUTION

DDo not pump the brake pedal if the

engine stalls. Each push on the

pedal uses up your reserved vacu-

um.

DEven if the power assist is com-

pletely lost, the brakes will still

work. But you will have to push the

pedal hard, much harder than nor-

mal. And your braking distance will

increase.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(with “ABS” warning light)

The anti−lock brake system is designed

to help prevent lock−up of the wheels

during a sudden braking or braking on

slippery road surfaces. This assists in

providing directional stability and steer-

ing performance of the vehicle under

these circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brake

pedal: When the anti−lock brake system

function is in action, you may feel the

brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.

In this situation, to let the anti−lock

brake system work for you, just hold the

brake pedal down more firmly. Do not

pump the brake in a panic stop. This

will result in reduced braking performan-

ce.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-

erative after the vehicle has accelerated

to a speed in excess of approximately 10

km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the

vehicle decelerates to a speed below

approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Brake system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

220

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery

road surfaces such as on a manhole cov-

er, a steel plate at a construction site,

joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day

tends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-

tem.

You may hear a click or motor sound in

the engine compartment for a few seconds

when the engine is started or just after

the vehicle is started. This means that the

anti−lock brake system is in the self

check mode, and does not indicate a mal-

function.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-

tivated, the following conditions may

occur. They do not indicate a malfunc-

tion of the system:

DYou may hear the anti−lock brake sys-

tem operating and feel the brake pedal

pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-

hicle body and steering wheel. You

may also hear the motor sound in the

engine compartment even after the ve-

hicle is stopped.

DAt the end of the anti−lock brake sys-

tem activation, the brake pedal may

move a little forward.

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lock

brake system: Although the anti−lock

brake system assists in providing ve-

hicle control, it is still important to

drive with all due care and maintain

a moderate speed and safe distance

from the vehicle in front of you, be-

cause there are limits to the vehicle

stability and effectiveness of steering

wheel operation even with the anti−

lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds its

capability, or if hydroplaning occurs

during high speed driving in the rain,

the anti−lock brake system does not

provide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not de-

signed to shorten the stopping dis-

tance: Always drive at a moderate

speed and maintain a safe distance

from the vehicle in front of you.

Compared with vehicles without an

anti−lock brake system, your vehicle

may require a longer stopping dis-

tance in the following cases:

DDriving on rough, gravel or snow−

covered roads.

DDriving with tire chains installed.

DDriving over the steps such as the

joints on the road.

DDriving on roads where the road

surface is pitted or has other differ-

ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size at

appropriate pressure: The anti−lock

brake system detects vehicle speeds

using the speed sensors for respec-

tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use

of tires other than specified may fail

to detect the accurate turning speed

resulting in a longer stopping dis-

tance.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

221

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Type A

Type B

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition key

is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−

lock brake system and the brake assist

system work properly, the light turns off

after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the

system malfunctions, the light comes on

again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and

the brake system warning light is off), the

anti−lock brake system, the brake assist

system, the traction control system and

the vehicle stability control system do not

operate, but the brake system still oper-

ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and

the brake system warning light is off), the

anti−lock brake system does not operate

so that the wheels could lock up during

a sudden braking or braking on slippery

road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-

curs, this indicates a malfunction some-

where in the components monitored by

the warning light system. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to

service the vehicle.

DThe light does not come on when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-

tion, or remains on.

DThe light comes on while you are driv-

ing.

A warning light turning on briefly during

operation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains on

together with the brake system warn-

ing light, immediately stop your ve-

hicle at a safe place and contact your

Toyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lock

brake system will fail but also the

vehicle will become extremely unsta-

ble during braking.

DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE

SYSTEM

Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc type

parking brake system. This type of brake

system needs bedding−down of the brake

shoes periodically or whenever the parking

brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-

ding−down.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

222

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, the

brake assist system judges as an emer-

gency stop and provides more powerful

braking for a driver who cannot hold

down the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-

erful braking will be applied. At this time,

you may hear a sound in the engine

compartment and feel the vibration of the

brake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-

function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-

tive after the vehicle has accelerated to

a speed in excess of approximately 10

km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the

vehicle decelerates to a speed below

approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this system’s warn-

ing light, see “Service reminder indicators

and warning buzzers” in Section 1−6.

The brake pad wear limit indicators on

your disc brakes give a warning noise

when the brake pads are worn to where

replacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noise

while driving, have the brake pads

checked and replaced by your Toyota

dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-

tor damage can result if the pads are not

replaced when necessary.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)

is the legal identifier for your vehicle.

This number is on the left top of the

instrument panel, and can be seen

through the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification number

for your Toyota. It is used in registering

the ownership of your vehicle.

Brake pad wear limit

indicators

Your Toyota’s identification—

—Vehicle identification

number

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

223

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is

also on the Certification Label.

The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-

tion labels which are approximately 56

mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reduce

the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-

ing the tracing and recovery of parts from

stolen vehicles. The label is designed so

that once it is applied to a surface, any

attempt to remove it will result in destroy-

ing the integrity of the label. Transferring

these labels intact from one part to anoth-

er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove the

theft prevention labels as it may vio-

late certain state or federal laws.

—Engine number

Theft prevention labels

(except for Canada)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

224

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassis

with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It

can cause dangerous handling charac-

teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Suspension and chassis

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

225

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This illustration indicates typical tire

symbols.

1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire

size” in this Section.

2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)—For details, see

“—DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)” in this Section.

3. The location of the tread wear

indicators—For details, see

“Checking and replacing tires” in

Section 7−2.

4. Uniform tire quality grading—

For details, see “Uniform tire quali-

ty grading” that follows.

5. Tire ply composition and mate-

rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-

ber−coated parallel cords. Cords

mean the strands forming the plies

in the tire.

6. Radial tires or bias−ply tires—A

radial tire has “RADIAL” on the

sidewall. A tire not marked with

“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

Tire information—

—Tire symbols

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

226

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBE

TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not

have a tube inside the tire and air

is directly filled in the tire. A tube

type tire has a tube inside the tire

and the tube maintains the air

pressure.

8. Load limit at maximum cold tire

inflation pressure—For details,

see “Checking and replacing tires”

in Section 7−2.

9. Maximum cold tire inflation

pressure—This means the pres-

sure to which a tire may be in-

flated. For details about recom-

mended cold tire inflation

pressure, see “Tires” in Section 8.

10.Summer tire or all season

tire—An all season tire has “M+S”

on the sidewall. The tire not

marked with “M+S” is a summer

tire. For details, see “Types of

tires” in this Section.

This illustration indicates typical DOT

and Tire Identification Number (TIN).

1. “DOT” symbol

2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)

3. Tire manufacturer’s identification

mark

4. Tire size code

5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type

code

6. Manufacturing week

7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that the

tire conforms to applicable Federal

motor vehicle safety standards.

—DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

227

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This illustration indicates typical tire

size.

1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)

2. Section width (in millimeters)

3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)

4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)

5. Wheel diameter (in inches)

6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)

7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

1. Section width

2. Tire height

3. Wheel diameter

1. Bead

2. Sidewall

3. Shoulder

4. Tread

5. Belt

6. Inner liner

7. Reinforcing rubber

8. Carcass

9. Rim lines

10.Bead wires

11.Chafer

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

228

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

This information has been prepared

in accordance with regulations issued

by the National Highway Traffic Safe-

ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-

ment of Transportation. It provides

the purchasers and/or prospective

purchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-

formation on uniform tire quality grad-

ing.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer

any questions you may have as you

read this information.

DOT quality grades—All passenger

vehicle tires must conform to Fed-

eral Safety Requirements in addi-

tion to these grades. Quality

grades can be found where appli-

cable on the tire sidewall between

tread shoulder and maximum sec-

tion width. For example: Treadwear

200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear—The treadwear grade is

a comparative rating based on the

wear rate of the tire when tested un-

der controlled conditions on a speci-

fied government test course. For ex-

ample, a tire graded 150 would wear

one and a half (1−1/2) times as well

on the government course as a tire

graded 100. The relative performance

of tires depends upon the actual

conditions of their use, however, and

may depart significantly from the

norm due to variations in driving hab-

its, service practices and differences

in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction

grades, from highest to lowest, are

AA, A, B, and C, and they represent

the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-

ment as measured under controlled

conditions on specified government

test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.

A tire marked C may have poor trac-

tion performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned

to this tire is based on braking

(straight ahead) traction tests and

does not include cornering (turning)

traction.

—Uniform tire quality grading

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

229

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-

ture grades are A (the highest), B,

and C, representing the tire’s resis-

tance to the generation of heat and

its ability to dissipate heat when

tested under controlled conditions on

a specified indoor laboratory test

wheel. Sustained high temperature

can cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No.109. Grades B

and A represent higher levels of per-

formance on the laboratory test wheel

than the minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for

this tire are established for a tire that

is properly inflated and not over-

loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-

tion, or excessive loading, either sep-

arately or in combination, can cause

heat buildup and possible tire failure.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

230

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tire related term Meaning

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be

replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power

windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items

are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Cold tire inflation pressure

tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3

hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile

under that condition

Curb weight

the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air

conditioning and additional weight optional engine

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears

manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular

side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it

is shown on the sidewall of the tire

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

the sum of—

(a) curb weight;

(b) accessory weight;

(d) production options weight

—Glossary of tire terminology

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

231

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tire related term Meaning

Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second

column of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table

1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing

over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,

not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including

heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special

trim

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads

are seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight

(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-

nated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle

its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

232

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tire related term Meaning

Vehicle normal load on the tire

the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle

its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight

(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity,

number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number of

occupants

Occupant distribution in a normally

loaded vehicle

2 through 4 22 in front

5 through 10 32 in front, 1 in second seat

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

233

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Vehicle load limits include total load

capacity, seating capacity, towing ca-

pacity and cargo capacity. Follow the

load limits shown below.

Total load capacity:

With bucket type front seat

410 kg (900 lb.)

With bench type front seat

475 kg (1050 lb.)

Total load capacity means combined

weight of occupants, cargo and lug-

gage. Tongue load is included when

trailer towing.

Seating capacity:

With bucket type front seat

Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)

With bench type front seat

Total 6 (Front 3, Rear 3)

Seating capacity means the maxi-

mum number of occupants whose

estimated average weight is 68 kg

(150 lb.) per person. Depending on

the weight of each person, the seat-

ing capacity given may exceed the

total load capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupants

are within the seating capacity,

do not exceed the total load ca-

pacity.

Towing capacity:

907 kg (2000 lb.)

Towing capacity means the maxi-

mum gross trailer weight (trailer

weight plus its cargo weight) that

your vehicle is able to tow.

Cargo capacity

Cargo capacity may increase or de-

crease depending on the size (weight)

and the number of occupants. For de-

tails, see “Capacity and distribution”

that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more than

each load limit. That may cause

not only damage to the tires, but

also deterioration to the steering

ability and braking ability, which

may cause an accident.

Vehicle load limits

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

234

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When stowing cargo and luggage in

the vehicle, observe the following:

DPut cargo and luggage in the trunk

when at all possible. Be sure all

items are secured in place.

DBe careful to keep the vehicle bal-

anced. Locating the weight as far

forward as possible helps maintain

balance.

DFor better fuel economy, do not

carry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

DNever allow anyone to ride in

the enlarged trunk. It is not de-

signed for passengers. They

should ride in their seats with

their seat belts properly fas-

tened. Otherwise, they are

much more likely to suffer seri-

ous bodily injury, in the event

of sudden braking or a colli-

sion.

DDo not place anything on the

package tray behind the rear

seatback. Such items may be

thrown about and possibly in-

jure people in the vehicle dur-

ing sudden braking or an acci-

dent.

DDo not drive with objects left

on top of the instrument panel.

They may interfere with the

driver’s field of view. Or they

may move during sharp vehicle

acceleration or turning, and im-

pair the driver’s control of the

vehicle. In an accident they

may injure the vehicle occu-

pants.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-

tal weight of the occupants.

(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-

ity) – (Total weight of occupants)

STEPS FOR DETERMINING

CORRECT LOAD LIMIT

1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

pounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

Cargo and luggage—

—Stowage precautions —Capacity and distribution

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

235

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity. For example,

if the “XXX” amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a

trailer, load from your trailer will

be transferred to your vehicle.

Consult this manual to determine

how this reduces the available car-

go and luggage load capacity of

your vehicle.

For details about trailer towing, see

“Trailer towing” in Section 3.

Cargo

capacity

Total load

capacity

EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLE

In case that 2 people with the com-

bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are

riding in your vehicle with the total

load capacity of 410 kg (900 lb.) (with

bucket type front seat) or 475 kg

(1050 lb.) (with bench type front seat),

the available amount of cargo and

luggage load capacity will be as fol-

lows:

With bucket type front seat

410 kg – 166 kg = 244 kg

(900 lb. – 366 lb. = 534 lb.)

With bench type front seat

475 kg – 166 kg = 309 kg

(1050 lb. – 366 lb. = 684 lb.)

From this condition, if 3 more passen-

gers with the combined weight of 176

kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car-

go and luggage load will be reduced

as follows:

With bucket type front seat

244 kg – 176 kg = 68 kg

(534 lb. – 388 lb. = 146 lb.)

With bench type front seat

309 kg – 176 kg = 133 kg

(684 lb. – 388 lb. = 296 lb.)

As shown in the above example, if the

number of occupants increases, the

cargo and luggage load equaling the

combined weight of occupants who

got on later must be reduced. In other

words, if the increase in the number

of occupants causes the excess of

the total load capacity (combined

weight of occupants plus cargo and

luggage load), you have to reduce the

cargo and luggage on your vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

236

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

For details about total load capacity,

see “Vehicle load limits” in this Sec-

tion.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-

pant’s weight and the cargo load

is less than the total load capac-

ity, do not apply the load uneven-

ly. That may cause not only dam-

age to the tire but also deteriora-

tion to the steering ability due to

unbalance of the vehicle, causing

an accident.

Determine what kind of tires your

vehicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are high−speed capabil-

ity tires best suited to highway driving

under dry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the

same traction performance as snow

tires, summer tires are inadequate for

driving on snow−covered or icy roads.

For driving on snow−covered or icy

roads, we recommend using snow

tires. If installing snow tires, be sure

to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to pro-

vide better traction in snow and to be

adequate for driving in most winter

conditions, as well as for use all year

round.

All season tires, however, do not have

adequate traction performance

compared with snow tires in heavy or

loose snow. Also, all season tires fall

short in acceleration and handling

performance compared with summer

tires in highway driving.

The details about how to distinguish

summer tires from all season tires are

described in this Section.

CAUTION

DDo not mix summer and all sea-

son tires on your vehicle as

this can cause dangerous han-

dling characteristics, resulting

in loss of control.

DDo not use tires other than the

manufacturer’s designated

tires, and never mix tires or

wheels of the sizes different

from the originals.

Types of tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

237

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

238

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

STARTING AND DRIVING

Starting and driving

Before starting the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How to start the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tips for driving in various conditions 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Winter driving tips 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dinghy towing 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer towing 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 248. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

239

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Check the area around the vehicle be-

fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,

seat cushion angle, head restraint

height and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view

mirrors.

4. Lock all the doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-

sories.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If you

need to restart the engine while the

vehicle is moving, put the selector le-

ver in “N”. A starter safety device will

prevent the starter from operating if the

selector lever is in any drive position.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to

the floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-

low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-

ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-

tial multiport fuel injection system in your

engine automatically controls the proper

air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start

a cold or hot engine as follows:

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,

crank the engine by turning the key to

“START”. Release it when the engine

starts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,

not in idle. For warming up, drive with

smoothly turning engine until engine cool-

ant temperature is within normal range.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-

dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-

tion 4.

Before starting the engine

How to start the engine—

(a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

240

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

zDo not crank for more than 30 se-

conds at a time. This may overheat

the starter and wiring systems.

zDo not race a cold engine.

zIf the engine becomes difficult to

start or stalls frequently, have the

engine checked immediately.

DAlways slow down in gusty crosswinds.

This will allow you much better control.

DDrive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-

sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving

onto high, sharp−edged objects and

other road hazards. Failure to do so

can lead to severe tire damage such

as a tire burst.

Drive slowly when passing over bumps

or travelling on a bumpy road. Other-

wise, the impact could cause severe

damage to the tires and/or wheels.

DWhen parking on a hill, turn the front

wheels until they touch the curb so

that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the

parking brake, and place the transmis-

sion in “P”. If necessary, block the

wheels.

DWashing your vehicle or driving through

deep water may get the brakes wet. To

see whether they are wet, check that

there is no traffic near you, and then

press the pedal lightly. If you do not

feel a normal braking force, the brakes

are probably wet. To dry them, drive

the vehicle cautiously while lightly

pressing the brake pedal with the park-

ing brake applied. If they still do not

work safely, pull to the side of the road

and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

DBefore driving off, make sure the

parking brake is fully released and

the parking brake reminder light is

off.

DDo not leave your vehicle unat-

tended while the engine is running.

DDo not rest your foot on the brake

pedal while driving. It can cause

dangerous overheating, needless

wear, and poor fuel economy.

DTo drive down a long or steep hill,

reduce your speed and downshift.

Remember, if you ride the brakes

excessively, they may overheat and

not work properly.

DBe careful when accelerating, up-

shifting, downshifting or braking on

a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-

tion or engine braking, could cause

the vehicle to skid or spin.

Tips for driving in various

conditions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

241

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DDo not drive in excess of the speed

limit. Even if the legal speed limit

permits it, do not drive over 140

km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle

has high−speed capability tires.

Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may

result in tire failure, loss of control

and possible injury. Be sure to con-

sult a tire dealer to determine

whether the tires on your vehicle

are high−speed capability tires or

not before driving at such speeds.

DDo not continue normal driving

when the brakes are wet. If they are

wet, your vehicle will require a

longer stopping distance, and it

may pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Also, the park-

ing brake will not hold the vehicle

securely.

Make sure you have a proper freeze

protection for engine coolant.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”

or similar high quality ethylene glycol

based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,

and non−borate coolant with long−life

hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant

with long−life hybrid organic acid

technology is a combination of low

phosphates and organic acids.)

See “Checking the engine coolant level” in

Section 7−2 for details of coolant type

selection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and

50% deionized water. This coolant pro-

vides protection down to about −35_C

(−31_F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and

45% deionized water. This coolant pro-

vides protection down to about −42_C

(−44_F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Check the condition of the battery and

cables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of

any battery, so it must be in top shape to

provide enough power for winter starting.

Section 7−3 tells you how to visually in-

spect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and

most service stations will be pleased to

check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity is

suitable for the cold weather.

See Section 7−2 for recommended viscos-

ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your

vehicle during winter months may cause

harder starting. If you are not sure about

which oil to use, call your Toyota deal-

er—he will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the

locks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-

freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyota

dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow

the manufacturer’s directions for how

much to mix with water.

Winter driving tips

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

242

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any

other substitute because it may dam-

age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake when

there is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into

“P” and block the rear wheels. Do not use

the parking brake, or snow or water accu-

mulated in and around the parking brake

mechanism may freeze, making it hard to

release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulating

under the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenders

can make steering difficult. During bad

winter driving, stop and check under the

fenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,

we recommend you carry some emer-

gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in the

vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,

bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,

jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to be

dinghy towed (with four wheels on the

ground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with four

wheels on the ground. This may

cause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as a

passenger−carrying vehicle. Towing a

trailer will have an adverse effect on

handling, performance, braking, durability

and driving economy (fuel consumption,

etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend

on the proper use of correct equipment

and cautious driving habits. For your

safety and the safety of others, you must

not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota

warranties do not apply to damage or

malfunction caused by towing a trailer for

commercial purposes. Ask your local

Toyota dealer for further details before

towing.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-

sult your Toyota dealer for further in-

formation on additional requirements

such as a towing kit, etc.

Dinghy towing Trailer towing

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

243

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-

er weight, gross vehicle weight, gross

axle weight and trailer tongue load are

all within the limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue load

can be measured with platform scales

found at a highway weighing station, build-

ing supply company, trucking company,

junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

DThe total trailer weight (trailer

weight plus its cargo load) must

not exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex-

ceeding this weight is dangerous.

DTrailer hitch assemblies have differ-

ent weight capacities established by

the hitch manufacturer. Even though

the vehicle may be physically capa-

ble of towing a higher weight, the

operator must determine the maxi-

mum weight rating of the particular

hitch assembly and never exceed

the maximum weight rating speci-

fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding

the maximum weight rating set by

the trailer hitch manufacturer can

cause an accident resulting in seri-

ous personal injuries.

DThe gross vehicle weight must not

exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) indicated on the

Certification Label. The gross ve-

hicle weight is the sum of weights

of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-

sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer

tongue load. It also includes the

weight of any special equipment

installed on your vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

244

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DThe load on either the front or rear

axle resulting from distribution of

the gross vehicle weight on both

axles must not exceed the Gross

Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed

on the Certification Label.

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load 100 = 5 to 10%

Total trailer weight

DThe trailer cargo load should be

distributed so that the tongue load

is 9 to 11% of the total trailer

weight, not exceeding the maximum

of 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load the

trailer with more weight in the back

than in the front. About 60% of the

trailer load should be in the front

half of the trailer and the remaining

40% in the rear.

HITCHES

DUse only a hitch which is recom-

mended by the hitch manufacturer and

conforms to the total trailer weight re-

quirement.

DFollow the directions supplied by the

hitch manufacturer, and bolt the hitch

securely to the rear bumper. Lubricate

the hitch ball with a light coat of

grease.

DToyota recommends removing the trail-

er hitch whenever you are not towing

a trailer to reduce the possibility of

additional damage caused by the hitch

if your vehicle is struck from behind.

After removing the hitch, seal any

mounting holes in the vehicle body to

prevent entry of pollutants such as ex-

haust fumes, dirt, water, etc.

NOTICE

Do not use axle−mounted hitches as

they can cause damage to the axle

housing, wheel bearings, wheels or

tires. Also, never install a hitch which

may interfere with the normal function

of an Energy Absorbing Bumper.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

245

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

DToyota recommends trailers with

brakes that conform to any applica-

ble federal and state/provincial regu-

lations.

DA safety chain must always be used

between the towing vehicle and the

trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the

chain for turns. The chain should

cross under the trailer tongue to

prevent the tongue from dropping to

the ground in case it becomes dam-

aged or separated. For correct safety

chain procedures, follow the hitch or

trailer manufacturer’s recommenda-

tions.

CAUTION

DIf the total trailer weight exceeds

453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are

required.

DNever tap into your vehicle’s hy-

draulic system as it would lower its

braking effectiveness.

DNever tow a trailer without using a

safety chain securely attached to

both the trailer and the vehicle. If

damage occurs to the coupling unit

or hitch ball, there is danger of the

trailer wandering over into another

lane.

TIRES

DEnsure that your vehicle’s tires are

properly inflated. See Section 7−2 and

Section 8 for instructions.

DThe trailer tires should be inflated to

the pressure recommended by the trail-

er manufacturer in respect to the total

trailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

DTrailer lights must comply with federal,

state/provincial and local regulations.

See your local recreational vehicle

dealer or rental agency for the correct

type of wiring and relays for your trail-

er. Check for correct operation of the

turn signals and stop lights each time

you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-

age your vehicle’s electrical system

and cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

DToyota recommends that you do not

tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a

vehicle with any new power train com-

ponent (engine, transmission, differen-

tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first

800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

DIf you tow a trailer, your vehicle will

require more frequent maintenance due

to the additional load. For this informa-

tion, please refer to the scheduled

maintenance information in the “Sched-

uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s

Manual Supplement”.

DRetighten all fixing bolts of the towing

ball and bracket after approximately

1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

DCheck that your vehicle remains level

when a loaded or unloaded trailer is

hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has

an abnormal nose−up or nose−down

condition, and check for improper

tongue load, overload, worn suspension

or other possible causes.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

246

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DMake sure the trailer cargo is securely

loaded so that it can not shift.

DCheck that your rear view mirrors con-

form to any applicable federal, state/

provincial or local regulations. If not,

install the rear view mirrors required

for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle will

handle differently than when not tow-

ing. The three main causes of vehicle−

trailer accidents are driver error, exces-

sive speed and improper trailer loading.

Keep these in mind when towing:

DBefore starting out, check operation of

the lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-

tions. After driving a short distance,

stop and recheck the lights and con-

nections. Before actually towing a trail-

er, practice turning, stopping and back-

ing with a trailer in an area away from

traffic until you learn the feel.

DBacking with a trailer is difficult and

requires practice. Grip the bottom of

the steering wheel and move your hand

to the left to move the trailer to the

left. Move your hand to the right to

move the trailer to the right. (This pro-

cedure is generally opposite to that

when backing without a trailer.) Also,

just turn the steering wheel a little at

a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged

turning. Have someone guide you when

backing to reduce the risk of an acci-

dent.

DBecause stopping distance may be in-

creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance

should be increased when towing a

trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of

speed, allow at least one vehicle and

trailer length between you and the ve-

hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as

you may skid, resulting in jackknifing

and loss of control. This is especially

true on wet or slippery surfaces.

DAvoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-

tion.

DAvoid jerky steering and sharp turns.

The trailer could hit your vehicle in a

tight turn. Slow down before making a

turn to avoid the necessity of sudden

braking.

DRemember that when making a turn,

the trailer wheels will be closer than

the vehicle wheels to the inside of the

turn. Therefore, compensate for this by

making a larger than normal turning

radius with your vehicle.

DCrosswinds and rough roads will ad-

versely affect handling of your vehicle

and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention

to the rear from time to time to pre-

pare yourself for being passed by large

trucks or buses, which may cause your

vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying

happens, firmly grip the steering wheel

and reduce speed immediately but

gradually. Never increase speed. Steer

straight ahead. If you make no extreme

correction with the steering or brakes,

the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

247

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DBe careful when passing other ve-

hicles. Passing requires considerable

distance. After passing a vehicle, do

not forget the length of your trailer and

be sure you have plenty of room be-

fore changing lanes.

DIn order to maintain engine braking effi-

ciency do not use overdrive.

DBecause of the added load of the trail-

er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat

on hot days (at temperatures over

30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or

steep grade with a trailer. If the engine

coolant temperature gauge indicates

overheating, immediately turn off the air

conditioning (if in use), pull off the road

and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If

your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

DAlways place wheel blocks under both

the vehicle and trailer wheels when

parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.

Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-

ing on a slope with a trailer, but if it

cannot be avoided, do so only after

performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-

der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,

release your brakes slowly until the

blocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on a

slope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position,

start the engine. Be sure to keep the

brake pedal depressed.

2. Shift into the “2”, “L” or “R” position.

3. Release the parking brake and brake

pedal and slowly pull or back away

from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply

your brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

DDo not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or

the posted towing speed limit,

whichever is lower. Because insta-

bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle−

trailer combination usually in-

creases as the speed increases, ex-

ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may

cause loss of control.

DSlow down and downshift before

descending steep or long downhill

grades. Do not make sudden down-

shifts.

DAvoid holding the brake pedal down

too long or too frequently. This

could cause the brakes to overheat

and result in reduced braking effi-

ciency.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

248

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Improving fuel economy is easy—just take

it easy. It will help make your vehicle last

longer, too. Here are some specific tips

on how to save money on both fuel and

repairs:

DKeep your tires inflated at the cor-

rect pressure. Underinflation causes

tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section

7−2 for instructions.

DDo not carry unneeded weight in

your vehicle. Excess weight puts a

heavier load on the engine, causing

greater fuel consumption.

DAvoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once

the engine is running smoothly, begin

driving—but gently. Remember, howev-

er, that on cold winter days this may

take a little longer.

DKeep the automatic transmission

overdrive turned on when engine

braking is not required. Driving with

the overdrive off will reduce the fuel

economy. (For details, see “Automatic

transmission” in Section 1−7.)

DAccelerate slowly and smoothly.

Avoid jackrabbit starts.

DAvoid long engine idling. If you have

a long wait and you are not in traffic,

it is better to turn off the engine and

start again later.

DAvoid engine lugging or over−rev-

ving. Use a gear position suitable for

the road on which you are travelling.

DAvoid continuous speeding up and

slowing down. Stop−and−go driving

wastes fuel.

DAvoid unnecessary stopping and

braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try

to time the traffic signals so you only

need to stop as little as possible or

take advantage of through streets to

avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-

tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-

den braking. This will also reduce wear

on your brakes.

DAvoid heavy traffic or traffic jams

whenever possible.

DDo not rest your foot on the brake

pedal. This causes premature wear,

overheating and poor fuel economy.

DMaintain a moderate speed on high-

ways. The faster you drive, the greater

the fuel consumption. By reducing your

speed, you will cut down on fuel con-

sumption.

DKeep the front wheels in proper

alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and

slow down on rough roads. Improper

alignment not only causes faster tire

wear but also puts an extra load on

the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

DKeep the bottom of your vehicle free

from mud, etc. This not only lessens

weight but also helps prevent corro-

sion.

DKeep your vehicle tuned−up and in

top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-

er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil

and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.

all lower engine performance and con-

tribute to poor fuel economy. For longer

life of all parts and lower operating

costs, keep all maintenance work on

schedule, and if you often drive under

severe conditions, see that your vehicle

receives more frequent maintenance.

(For scheduled maintenance informa-

tion, please refer to the “Scheduled

Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-

al Supplement”.)

How to save fuel and make

your vehicle last longer

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

249

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coast

down hills. Your power steering and

brake booster will not function with-

out the engine running. Also, the

emission control system operates

properly only when the engine is run-

ning.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

250

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

In case of an emergency

If your vehicle will not start 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your engine stalls while driving 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle overheats 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you have a flat tire 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle becomes stuck 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If your vehicle needs to be towed 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 266. . . . . . . .

If you lose your keys 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 268. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

251

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Before making these checks, make sure

you have followed the correct starting

procedure given in “How to start the

engine” in Section 3 and that you have

sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equipped

with the engine immobilizer system, also

check whether the other keys will start the

engine. If they work, your key may be

broken. Have the key checked at your

Toyota dealer. If none of your keys work,

there may be a malfunction in the immobi-

lizer system. Call your Toyota dealer. (See

“Keys (with engine immobilizer system)” in

Section 1−2.)

If the engine is not turning over or is

turning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals are

tight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch

on the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes out

when the starter is cranked, the battery

is discharged. You may try jump start-

ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for further

instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will

not start, it needs adjustment or repair.

Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair

shop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the ve-

hicle. It may damage the vehicle or

cause a collision when the engine

starts. Also the three−way catalytic

converter may overheat and become a

fire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normal

speed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because of

repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a

flooded engine” for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needs

adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota

dealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your engine

may be flooded because of repeated

cranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”

with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.

Keep the key and accelerator pedal in

these positions for 15 seconds and re-

lease them. Then try starting the engine

with your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-

conds of cranking, release the key, wait

a few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needs

adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer

or qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-

conds at a time. This may overheat

the starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—

(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

252

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To avoid serious personal injury and

damage to your vehicle which might re-

sult from battery explosion, acid burns,

electrical burns, or damaged electronic

components, these instructions must be

followed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow this

procedure, we strongly recommend that

you seek the help of a competent me-

chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

DBatteries contain sulfuric acid

which is poisonous and corrosive.

Wear protective safety glasses when

jump starting, and avoid spilling

acid on your skin, clothing, or ve-

hicle.

DIf you should accidentally get acid

on yourself or in your eyes, remove

any contaminated clothing and flush

the affected area with water im-

mediately. Then get immediate medi-

cal attention. If possible, continue

to apply water with a sponge or

cloth while en route to the medical

office.

DThe gas normally produced by a

battery will explode if a flame or

spark is brought near. Use only

standardized jumper cables and do

not smoke or light a match while

jump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting must

be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you

are sure that the booster battery is

correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed in

another vehicle, make sure the vehicles

are not touching. Turn off all unneces-

sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugs

from the booster and discharged batter-

ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents

on the batteries. (This helps reduce the

explosion hazard, personal injuries and

burns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with the

booster battery is not running, start it

and let it run for a few minutes. During

jump starting, run the engine at about

2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal

lightly depressed.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

253

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Discharged battery

Booster

battery

Positive

terminal

(“+”mark)

Jumper cable Positive terminal

(“+”mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-

der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive

(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)

terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other end

of the positive (red) jumper cable to

the positive (+) terminal on the booster

battery.

Jumper cable

Negative terminal

(“−”mark)

Discharged battery Booster

battery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative

(black) jumper cable to the negative

(−) terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other end

of the negative (black) jumper cable to

a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic

point of the vehicle with the discharged

battery.

The recommended connecting point is

shown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or near

any part that moves when the engine

is cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, to

avoid serious injury, do not lean over

the battery or accidentally let the

jumper cables or clamps touch any-

thing except the correct battery termi-

nals or the ground.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

254

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

5. Start your engine in the normal way.

After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm

for several minutes with the accelerator

pedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the

exact reverse order: the negative cable

and then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover

cloths—they may now contain sulfuric

acid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery vent

plugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging is

not apparent (for example, lights left on),

you should have it checked at your Toyota

dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off the

road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If your

vehicle will not start” in this Section.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-

er assist for the brakes and steering

will not work so steering and braking

will be much harder than usual.

If your engine coolant temperature

gauge indicates overheating, if you ex-

perience a loss of power, or if you hear

a loud knocking or pinging noise, the

engine has probably overheated. You

should follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-

hicle and turn on your emergency

flashers. Put the transmission in “P”

and apply the parking brake. Turn off

the air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the

radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.

Wait until the steam subsides before

opening the hood. If there is no coolant

boiling over or steam, leave the engine

running and make sure the electric

cooling fan is operating. If it is not,

turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keep

the hood closed until there is no

steam. Escaping steam or coolant is

a sign of very high pressure.

If your engine stalls while

driving If your vehicle overheats

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

255

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the

radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.

However, note that water draining from

the air conditioning is normal if it has

been used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keep

hands and clothing away from the

moving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-

gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer

for assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, check

the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add

coolant to the reservoir while the en-

gine is running. Fill it about half full.

For the coolant type, see “Coolant type

selection” in Section 7−2.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiator

cap when the engine and radiator are

hot. Serious injury could result from

scalding hot fluid and steam blown

out under pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperature

has cooled to normal, again check the

coolant level in the reservoir. If neces-

sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-

ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the

system. You should have it checked as

soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place

well away from the traffic. Avoid

stopping on the center divider of

a highway. Park on a level spot

with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on your

emergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and

put the transmission in “P”.

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-

hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions

thoroughly.

If you have a flat tire—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

256

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe

the following to reduce the possi-

bility of personal injury:

DFollow jacking instructions.

DDo not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-

ported by the jack. Otherwise,

personal injury may occur.

DDo not start or run the engine

while your vehicle is supported

by the jack.

DStop the vehicle on a level firm

ground, firmly set the parking

brake and put the transmission

in “P”. Block the wheel diago-

nally opposite to the one being

changed if necessary.

DMake sure to set the jack prop-

erly in the jack point. Raising

the vehicle with jack improper-

ly positioned will damage the

vehicle or may allow the ve-

hicle to fall off the jack and

cause personal injury.

DNever get under the vehicle

when the vehicle is supported

by the jack alone.

DUse the jack only for lifting

your vehicle during wheel

changing.

DDo not raise the vehicle with

someone in the vehicle.

DWhen raising the vehicle, do

not place any objects on top

of or underneath the jack.

DRaise the vehicle only high

enough to remove and change

the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a

deflated tire. Driving even a

short distance can damage a

tire and wheel beyond repair.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

257

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Get the required tools and

spare tire.

1. Wheel nut wrench

2. Jack

3. Jack handle

4. Spare tire

To prepare yourself for an emergency,

you should familiarize yourself with

the use of the jack, each of the tools

and their storage locations.

To remove the jack, turn the jack joint

by hand until the jack becomes free.

To store the jack, align the hole of the

jack head with the vehicle hook. Turn

the jack joint until the jack base fits

securely with the vehicle body.

This prevents the jack from flying for-

ward during a collision or sudden

stop.

—Required tools and spare

tire

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

258

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To remove the spare tire:

1. Loosen the nut and remove it.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.

4. Remove the spacer.

Then take the spare tire out of the

vehicle.

When storing the spare tire, put it in

place with the outer side of the wheel

facing up. Then secure the tire by re-

peating the above removal steps in

reverse order to prevent it from flying

forward during a collision or sudden

braking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-

posite the flat tire to keep the

vehicle from rolling when it is

jacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a

wheel block in front of one of the front

wheels or behind one of the rear

wheels.

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using the

beveled end of the wheel nut wrench

as shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the orna-

ment by hand. Take due care in

handling the ornament to avoid

unexpected personal injury.

—Blocking the wheel

—Removing wheel ornament

(steel wheels only)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

259

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before

raising the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise

to loosen. To get maximum leverage,

fit the wrench to the nut so that the

handle is on the right side, as shown

above. Grab the wrench near the end

of the handle and pull up on the han-

dle. Be careful that the wrench does

not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-

screw them about one−half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the

bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose

and the wheels may fall off,

which could cause a serious ac-

cident.

5. Position the jack at the correct

jack point as shown. Rotate the

load rest 90_ from storage posi-

tion to lifting position.

Make sure the jack is positioned on

a level and solid place.

—Loosening wheel nuts —Positioning the jack

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

260

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

6. After making sure that no one

is in the vehicle, raise it high

enough so that the spare tire

can be installed.

Remember you will need more ground

clearance when putting on the spare

tire than when removing the flat tire.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack

handle into the jack (it is a loose fit)

and turn it clockwise. As the jack

touches the vehicle and begins to lift,

double−check that it is properly posi-

tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when

the vehicle is supported by the

jack alone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and

change tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put it

aside.

Roll the spare wheel into position and

align the holes in the wheel with the

bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get

at least the top bolt started through

its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it

back over the other bolts.

—Raising your vehicle —Changing wheels

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

261

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Before putting on wheels, remove any

corrosion on the mounting surfaces

with a wire brush or such. Installation

of wheels without good metal−to−met-

al contact at the mounting surface can

cause wheel nuts to loosen and

eventually cause a wheel to come off

while driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-

ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end

inward) and tighten them as much as

you can by hand. Press back on the

tire and see if you can tighten them

more.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the

bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead

to overtightening the nuts and

damaging the bolts. The nuts

may loose and the wheels may

fall off, which could cause a seri-

ous accident. If there is oil or

grease on any bolt or nut, clean

it.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

262

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

9. Lower the vehicle completely

and tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-

wise to lower the vehicle.

Use only the wheel nut wrench and

turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.

Do not use other tools or any addition-

al leverage other than your hands,

such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.

Make sure the wrench is securely en-

gaged over the nut.

Tighten each nut a little at a time in

the order shown. Repeat the process

until all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

DWhen lowering the vehicle,

make sure all portions of your

body and all other persons

around will not be injured as

the vehicle is lowered to the

ground.

DHave the wheel nuts tightened

with torque wrench to 103 N·m

(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soon

as possible after changing

wheels. Otherwise, the nuts

may loosen and the wheels

may fall off, which could cause

a serious accident.

10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.

Align the cutout of the wheel orna-

ment with the valve stem as shown.

Then press hand firmly on one side

of wheel ornament and then firmly tap

the other side around the edge of

wheel ornament with the heel of your

hand to snap into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the or-

nament to avoid unexpected per-

sonal injury.

—Lowering your vehicle

—Reinstalling wheel ornament

(steel wheels only)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

263

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

11.Check the air pressure of the re-

placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-

cation designated in Section 8. If the

pressure is lower, drive slowly to the

nearest service station and fill to the

correct pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-

tion valve cap as dirt and moisture

could get into the valve core and

possibly cause air leakage. If the cap

is missing, have a new one put on as

soon as possible.

12.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as

possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the

torque specified in Section 8 with a

torque wrench. Have a technician re-

pair the flat tire and replace the spare

tire with it.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all the

tools, jack and flat tire are se-

curely in place in their storage

location to reduce the possibility

of personal injury during a colli-

sion or sudden braking.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,

mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt

to rock the vehicle free by moving it

forward and backward.

Vehicles with traction control system—

Turn off the traction control system to

become unstuck to allow the tires to

spin enough to remove the vehicle from

the obstruction. (For details, see “Ve-

hicle stability control system” in Sec-

tion 1−7.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehicle

free by moving it forward and back-

ward if people or objects are any-

where near the vehicle. During the

rocking operation the vehicle may

suddenly move forward or backward

as it becomes unstuck, causing injury

or damage to nearby people or ob-

jects.

—After changing wheels If your vehicle becomes stuck

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

264

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe the

following precautions to prevent dam-

age to the transmission and other

parts.

zDo not depress the accelerator ped-

al while shifting the selector lever

or before the transmission is com-

pletely shifted to forward or reverse

gear.

zDo not race the engine and avoid

spinning the wheels.

zIf your vehicle remains stuck after

rocking the vehicle several times,

consider other ways such as tow-

ing.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

—From front

If towing is necessary, we recommend

you to have it done by your Toyota

dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-

vice. In consultation with them, have

your vehicle towed using either (a) or

(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towing

service from a Toyota dealer or com-

mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-

hicle carefully in accordance with the

instructions given in “—Emergency tow-

ing” in this Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure that

your vehicle is not damaged while being

towed. Commercial operators are generally

aware of the state/provincial and local

laws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it is

towed incorrectly. Although most operators

know the correct procedure, it is possible

to make a mistake. To avoid damage to

your vehicle, make sure the following pre-

cautions are observed. If necessary, show

this page to the tow truck driver.

If your vehicle needs to be

towed—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

265

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,

and abide by the state/provincial and local

laws. The wheels and axle on the ground

must be in good condition. If they are

damaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—Release the parking brake.

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-

sure adequate ground clearance for

towing at the opposite end of the

raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper

and/or underbody of the towed vehicle

will be damaged during towing.

From rear—Use a towing dolly under the

front wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow from the rear with the front

wheels on the ground, as this may

cause serious damage to the trans-

mission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-

ther from the front or rear. This may

cause body damage.

If towing is necessary, we recommend

you to have it done by your Toyota

dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-

vice.

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-

rarily towed by a cable or chain se-

cured to one of the emergency towing

eyelets under the vehicle. Use extreme

caution when towing vehicles.

—Emergency towing

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

266

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

zOnly use specified towing eyelet;

otherwise your vehicle may be dam-

aged.

zNever tow a vehicle from the rear

with four wheels on the ground.

This may cause serious damage to

the transmission.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer

it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done only

on hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-

tance and at low speeds. Also, the

wheels, axles, drive train, steering and

brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-

hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which would place

excessive stress on the emergency

towing eyelets and towing cable or

chain. The eyelets and towing cable

or chain may break and cause serious

injury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specifically

intended for use in towing vehicles.

Securely fasten the cable or chain to

the towing eyelets provided.

Before towing, release the parking brake

and put the transmission in “N”. The key

must be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”

(engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-

er assist for the brakes and steering

will not work so steering and braking

will be much harder than usual.

If you cannot shift the selector lever

out of “P” position to other positions

even though the brake pedal is de-

pressed, use the shift lock override but-

ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”

position. Make sure the parking

brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed

screwdriver or equivalent.

If you cannot shift automatic

transmission selector lever

(floor shift type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

267

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

3. Insert your finger into the hole to

push down the shift lock override

button. You can shift out of “P”

position only while pushing the but-

ton.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,

keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked by

your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift the selector lever

out of “P” position to other positions

even though the brake pedal is de-

pressed, use the shift lock override but-

ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”

position. Make sure the parking

brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed

screwdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalent

into the hole to pull down the shift

lock override button. You can shift

out of “P” position only while push-

ing the button.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,

keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked by

your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you cannot shift automatic

transmission selector lever

(column shift type)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

268

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

You can purchase a new key at your

Toyota dealer if you can give them the

key number. If your vehicle is equipped

with the engine immobilizer system, the

dealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—

Even if you lose only one key, contact

your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If

you lose all your master keys, you cannot

make new keys; the whole engine immobi-

lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” in

Section 1−2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle and

you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota

dealers can still open the door for you,

using their special tools. If you must

break a window to get in, we suggest

breaking the smallest side window be-

cause it is the least expensive to replace.

Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from

the glass.

You can purchase a new wireless re-

mote control transmitter at your Toyota

dealer.

Have the registered identification numbers

of your transmitters deleted from your ve-

hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as

possible to avoid the possibility of theft or

an accident. Then, have the identification

number of your new transmitter registered.

At the same time, you must bring all of

the remaining transmitters to have them

registered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote control

system with the new transmitter. Contact

your Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If you lose your keys

If you lose your wireless

remote control transmitter

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

269

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

270

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CORROSION PREVENTION AND

APPEARANCE CARE

Corrosion prevention and appearance care

Protecting your Toyota from corrosion 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Washing and waxing your Toyota 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleaning the interior 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

271

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Toyota, through the diligent research, de-

sign and use of the most advanced

technology available, helps prevent corro-

sion and provides you with the finest qual-

ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up to

you. Proper care of your Toyota can help

ensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosion

to your vehicle are:

DThe accumulation of road salt, dirt and

moisture in hard−to−reach areas under

the vehicle.

DChipping of paint, or undercoating

caused by minor accidents or by

stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live

in particular areas or operate your ve-

hicle under certain environmental condi-

tions:

DRoad salt or dust control chemicals will

accelerate corrosion, as will the pres-

ence of salt in the air near the sea−

coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

DHigh humidity accelerates corrosion es-

pecially when temperatures range just

above the freezing point.

DWetness or dampness to certain parts

of your vehicle for an extended period

of time, may cause corrosion even

though other parts of the vehicle may

be dry.

DHigh ambient temperatures can cause

corrosion to those components of the

vehicle which do not dry quickly due to

lack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keep

your vehicle, particularly the underside, as

clean as possible and to repair any dam-

age to paint or protective coatings as

soon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on your

Toyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of

course, necessary to keep your vehicle

clean by regular washing, but to prevent

corrosion, the following points should be

observed:

DIf you drive on salted roads in the

winter or if you live near the ocean,

you should hose off the undercarriage

at least once a month to minimize cor-

rosion.

DHigh pressure water or steam is effec-

tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside

and wheel housings. Pay particular

attention to these areas as it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will do

more harm than good to simply wet the

mud and debris without removing. The

lower edge of doors, rocker panels and

frame members have drain holes which

should not be allowed to clog with dirt

as trapped water in these areas can

cause corrosion.

DWash the underside of the vehicle thor-

oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for

more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’s

paint and trim. If you find any chips or

scratches in the paint, touch them up im-

mediately to prevent corrosion from start-

ing. If the chips or scratches have gone

through the bare metal, have a qualified

body shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota from

corrosion

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

272

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-

ter and dirt can accumulate under the

floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-

casionally check under the mats to make

sure the area is dry. Be particularly care-

ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-

ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be

transported in proper containers. If a spill

or leak should occur, immediately clean

and dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If you

drive on salted or gravel roads, mud

shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size

shields, which come as near to the ground

as possible, are the best. We recommend

that the fittings and the area where the

shields are installed be treated to resist

corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be

happy to assist in supplying and installing

the shields if they are recommended for

your area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated

garage or a roofed place. Do not park

your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-

lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in

the garage, or if you drive it covered with

water or snow, your garage may be so

damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your

garage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-

rode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regular

washing.

The following cases may cause weakness

to the paint or corrosion to the body and

parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-

sible.

DWhen driving in a coastal area

DWhen driving on a road sprinkled with

antifreeze

DWhen exposed to coal tar, tree sap,

bird droppings and carcass of an insect

DWhen driving in areas where there is

a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or

chemical substances

DWhen the vehicle becomes remarkably

dirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until the

vehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,

be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-

move any mud or road salt from the

underside of the vehicle or in the

wheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,

mixed according to the manufacturer’s

instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and

keep it wet by dipping it frequently into

the wash water. Do not rub hard—let

the soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic

wheel ornaments are damaged easily by

organic substances. If any organic sub-

stances splashes an ornament, be sure to

wash it off with water and check if the

ornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damaged

plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off

the wheel and cause accidents while

the vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap

or neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not

scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper

faces are soft.

Washing and waxing your

Toyota

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

273

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Road tar: Remove with turpentine or

cleaners that are marked safe for painted

surfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-

line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-

vents), which may be toxic or cause

damage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can

cause streaking. In hot weather you

may need to rinse each section right

after you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle

using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not

rub or press hard—you might scratch

the paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-

matic car wash, but remember that the

paint can be scratched by some types of

brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the

washing process itself. Scratching reduces

paint durability and gloss, especially on

darker colors. The manager of the car

wash should be able to advise you wheth-

er the process is safe for the paint on

your vehicle.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommended

to maintain the original beauty of your

Toyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle

surface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-

fore you begin waxing, even if you are

using a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If

the finish has become extremely weath-

ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-

lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-

low the manufacturer’s instructions and

precautions. Be sure to polish and wax

the chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when water

does not bead but remains on the sur-

face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers if

your vehicle is re−painted and placed

in a high heat paint waxing booth.

High temperatures could damage the

bumpers.

CAUTION

DBe careful not to splash water or

spill liquid on the floor. This may

prevent the side airbags from acti-

vating correctly, resulting in serious

injury.

DDo not wash the vehicle floor with

water, or allow water to get onto

the floor when cleaning the vehicle

interior or exterior. Water may get

into audio components or other

electrical components above or un-

der the floor carpet (or mat) and

cause a malfunction; and it may

cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easily

cleaned with a mild soap or detergent

and water.

Cleaning the interior

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

274

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-

move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or

soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the

vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few

minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt

and wipe off the soap with a clean damp

cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-

peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−

type vinyl cleaners are also available

which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s

instructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline

or window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo to

clean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove

as much dirt as possible. Several types of

foam cleaners are available; some are in

aerosol cans and others are powders or

liquids which you mix with water to pro-

duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,

use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.

Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results are

obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as

possible. Read the shampoo instructions

and follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned with

mild soap and water or with lukewarm

water.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-

ing, check the belts for excessive wear,

fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

zDo not use dye or bleach on the

belts—it may weaken them.

zDo not use the belts until they be-

come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with any

household window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear

window, be careful not to scratch or

damage the heater wires or connec-

tors.

Air conditioning control panel, car au-

dio, instrument panel, console panel,

and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-

warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

zDo not use organic substances (sol-

vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,

etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.

These chemicals can cause discol-

oring, staining or peeling of the

surface.

zIf you use cleaners or polishing

agents, make sure their ingredients

do not include the substances men-

tioned above.

zIf you use a liquid car freshener, do

not spill the liquid onto the ve-

hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-

tain the ingredients mentioned

above. Immediately clean any spill

using the method mentioned above.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

275

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Leather interior

The leather upholstery may be cleaned

with neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened

with 5% solution of neutral detergent for

wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces

of detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of the

leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean

cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-

lated shaded area.

NOTICE

zIf a stain should fail to come out

with a neutral detergent, apply a

cleaner that does not contain an

organic solvent.

zNever use organic substances such

as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or

alkaline or acid solutions for clean-

ing the leather as these could

cause discoloring.

zUse of a nylon brush or synthetic

fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the

fine grained surface of the leather.

zMildew may develop on soiled leath-

er upholstery. Be especially careful

to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your

upholstery always clean.

zLong exposure to direct sunlight

may cause the leather surface to

harden and shrink. Keep your ve-

hicle in a shaded area, especially in

the summer.

zThe interior of your vehicle is apt

to heat up on hot summer days, so

avoid placing on the upholstery

items made of vinyl or plastic or

containing wax as these tend to

stick to leather when warm.

zImproper cleaning of the leather up-

holstery could result in discolor-

ation or staining.

If you have any questions about the

cleaning of your Toyota, your local

Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer

them.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

276

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE

Vehicle maintenance and care

Maintenance requirements 277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General maintenance 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Does your vehicle need repairing? 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 281. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the

“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

277

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for

fewer maintenance requirements with long-

er service intervals to save both your time

and money. However, each regular mainte-

nance, as well as day−to−day care, is

more important than ever before to ensure

smooth, and trouble−free, safe, and eco-

nomical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make

sure the specified maintenance, including

general maintenance service, is performed.

Note that both the new vehicle and emis-

sion control system warranties specify that

proper maintenance and care must be per-

formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-

ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−

to−day care practices that are important to

your vehicle for proper operation. It is the

owner’s responsibility to insure that the

general maintenance items are performed

regularly.

These checks or inspections can be done

either by yourself or a qualified technician,

or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be

pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed in

the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or

“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those

required to be serviced at regular inter-

vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,

read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”

or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacement

parts used for maintenance or for the

repair of the emission control system

be Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyota

supplied parts for replacement pur-

poses without invalidating the emission

control system warranty. However, use

of replacement parts which are not of

equivalent quality may impair the effec-

tiveness of the emission control sys-

tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-

nance, replacement, or repair of the

emission control devices and system

performed by any automotive repair es-

tablishment or individual without invali-

dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-

ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s

Manual Supplement” for complete war-

ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-

cialists and are kept up to date with the

latest service information through technical

bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership

training programs. They learn to work on

Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,

rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyota

dealer’s service department performs the

best job to meet the maintenance require-

ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-

nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof that

all required maintenance has been per-

formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-

lems should arise with your vehicle while

under warranty, your Toyota dealer will

promptly take care of it. Again, be sure

to keep a copy of the repair order for any

service performed on your Toyota.

Maintenance requirements

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

278

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easy

to do yourself if you have a little mechani-

cal ability and a few basic automotive

tools. Simple instructions for how to per-

form them are presented in Section 7.

If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan-

ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-

mended. Please be aware that do−it−your-

self maintenance can affect your warranty

coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-

ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenance

items that should be performed as fre-

quently as specified. In addition to check-

ing the items listed, if you notice any

unusual noise, smell or vibration, you

should investigate the cause or take your

vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-

fied service shop immediately. It is recom-

mended that any problem you notice be

brought to the attention of your dealer or

the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-

quate ventilation if you run the en-

gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checked

from time to time, e.g. each time when

refueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the

tank. See Section 7−3 for additional infor-

mation.

Engine coolant level

Make sure the coolant level is between

the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−

through reservoir when the engine is cold.

See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Radiator, condenser and hoses

Check that the front of the radiator and

condenser are clean and not blocked with

leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section

7−2 for additional information.

Battery condition

Check the battery condition by the indica-

tor color. See Section 7−3 for additional

information.

Brake fluid level

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.

See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Engine oil level

Check the level on the dipstick with the

engine turned off and the vehicle parked

on a level spot. See Section 7−2 for addi-

tional information.

Power steering fluid level

Check the level through the reservoir. The

level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”

range depending on the fluid temperature.

See Section 7−2 for additional information.

General maintenance

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

279

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound of

the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have

the cause located and corrected immedi-

ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” in

Section 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checked

regularly, e.g. while performing periodic

services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail

lights, turn signal lights, and other lights

are all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warning

buzzers

Check that all service reminder indicators

and warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Check that it has the specified free play.

Be alert for changes in steering condition,

such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all front seat controls such as

seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-

erate smoothly and that all latches lock

securely in any position. Check that the

head restraints move up and down

smoothly and that the locks hold securely

in any latched position.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such as

buckles, retractors and anchors operate

properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt

webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-

aged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation and

uneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation and

that the pedal has the proper clearance.

Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

In a safe place, check that the brakes do

not pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake

Check that the pedal has the proper travel

and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle

is held securely with only the parking

brake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-

nism

Check the lock release button of the se-

lector lever for proper and smooth opera-

tion. On a safe incline, check that your

vehicle is held securely with the selector

lever in “P” position and all brakes re-

leased.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performed

from time to time, unless otherwise

specified.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-

ter or other fluid after the vehicle has

been parked for a while. If you smell fuel

fumes or notice any leak, have the cause

found and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors including trunk lid

operate smoothly and all latches lock se-

curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-

ondary latch secures the hood from open-

ing when the primary latch is released.

Tire inflation pressure

Check the pressure with a gauge ev-

ery two weeks, or at least once a

month. See Section 7−2 for additional

information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts

Check the tires carefully for cuts,

damage or excessive wear. See Sec-

tion 7−2 for additional information.

When checking the tires, make sure

no nuts are missing, and check the

nuts for looseness. Tighten them if

necessary.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

280

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tire rotation

Rotate the tires according to the

maintenance schedule. (For sched-

uled maintenance information, please

refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance

Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-

ment”.) See Section 7−2 for additional

information.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-

mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that

indicate service is needed. Some impor-

tant clues are as follows:

DEngine missing, stumbling, or pinging

DAppreciable loss of power

DStrange engine noises

DA leak under the vehicle (however, wa-

ter dripping from the air conditioning

after use is normal.)

DChange in exhaust sound (This may

indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide

leak. Drive with the windows open and

have the exhaust system checked im-

mediately.)

DFlat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal

when cornering; uneven tire wear

DVehicle pulls to one side when driving

straight on a level road

DStrange noises related to suspension

movement

DLoss of brake effectiveness; spongy

feeling brake; pedal almost touches

floor; vehicle pulls to one side when

braking

DEngine coolant temperature continually

higher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take your

vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as

possible. It probably needs adjustment or

repair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-

hicle unchecked. It could result in se-

rious vehicle damage and possibly

personal injury.

Does your vehicle need

repairing?

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

281

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Some states have vehicle emission in-

spection programs which include OBD

(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operation

of the emission control system. When the

OBD system determines that a problem

exists somewhere in the emission control

system, the malfunction indicator lamp

comes on. In this case, your vehicle may

not pass the I/M test and need to be

repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to

service the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lamp

does not come on, your vehicle may not

pass the I/M test as readiness codes

have not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically set

during ordinary driving. However, when the

battery is disconnected or run down, the

codes are erased. Also, depending on

your driving habits, the codes may not be

completely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had

come on recently due to temporary mal-

function such as a loose fuel tank cap,

your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off

after taking several driving trips, but the

error code in the OBD system will not be

cleared unless about 40 trips or more are

taken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test

even the malfunction indicator lamp does

not come on, contact your Toyota dealer

to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Emissions Inspection and

Maintenance (I/M) programs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

282

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Introduction

Engine compartment overview 283. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuse locations 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Do−it−yourself service precautions 285. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Positioning the jack 287. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parts and tools 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 1

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

283

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Fuse blocks

7. Battery

8. Radiator

9. Electric cooling fans

10. Condenser

11. Windshield washer fluid tank

Engine compartment overview

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

284

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Spare fuses

Fuse locations

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

285

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If you perform maintenance by yourself,

be sure to follow the correct procedure

given in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-

complete servicing may result in operating

problems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenance

during the warranty period may affect your

warranty coverage. Read the separate

Toyota Warranty statement for details and

suggestions.

This Section gives instructions only for

those items that are relatively easy for an

owner to perform. As explained in Section

6, there are still a number of items that

must be done by a qualified technician

with special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−

it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and

tools” in this Section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-

ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental

injury. Here are a few precautions that

you should be especially careful to ob-

serve:

CAUTION

DWhen the engine is running, keep

hands, clothing, and tools away

from the moving fan and engine

drive belts. (Removing rings,

watches, and ties is advisable.)

DRight after driving, the engine

compartment—the engine, radiator,

exhaust manifold and spark plug

boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-

ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids

and spark plugs may also be hot.

DIf the engine is hot, do not remove

the radiator cap or loosen the drain

plugs to prevent burning yourself.

DDo not leave anything that may

burn easily, such as paper or rags,

in the engine compartment.

DDo not smoke, cause sparks or al-

low open flames around fuel or the

battery. Their fumes are flammable.

DDo not get under your vehicle with

just the body jack supporting it. Al-

ways use automotive jack stands or

other solid supports.

DBe sure that the ignition is off if

you work near the electric cooling

fans or radiator grille. With the

ignition on, the electric cooling fans

will automatically start to run if the

engine coolant temperature is high

and/or the air conditioning is on.

DUse eye protection whenever you

work on or under your vehicle

where you may be exposed to flying

or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

DUsed engine oil contains potentially

harmful contaminants which may

cause skin disorders such as in-

flammation or skin cancer, so care

should be taken to avoid prolonged

and repeated contact with it. To re-

move used engine oil from your

skin, wash thoroughly with soap

and water.

DDo not leave used oil within the

reach of children.

DDispose of used oil and filter only

in a safe and acceptable manner.

Do not dispose of used oil and fil-

ter in household trash, in sewers or

onto the ground. Call your dealer or

a service station for information

concerning recycling or disposal.

Do−it−yourself service

precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

286

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DBe extremely cautious when work-

ing on the battery. It contains poi-

sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

NOTICE

zRemember that battery and ignition

cables carry high currents or volt-

ages. Be careful of accidentally

causing a short circuit.

zAdd only “Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” or similar high quality eth-

ylene glycol based non−silicate,

non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-

rate coolant with long−life hybrid

organic acid technology to fill the

radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-

ant and 50% deionized water (for

the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%

deionized water (for Canada).

zIf you spill some of the coolant, be

sure to wash it off with water to

prevent it from damaging the parts

or paint.

zDo not allow dirt or anything else

to fall through the spark plug holes.

zDo not pry the outer electrode of a

spark plug against the center elec-

trode.

zUse only spark plugs of the speci-

fied type. Using other types will

cause engine damage, loss of per-

formance or radio noise.

zDo not reuse iridium−tipped spark

plugs by cleaning or regapping.

zDo not overfill automatic transmis-

sion fluid, or the transmission

could be damaged.

zDo not drive with the air cleaner

filter removed, or excessive engine

wear could result. Also backfiring

could cause a fire in the engine

compartment.

zBe careful not to scratch the glass

surface with the wiper frame.

zWhen closing the engine hood,

check to see that you have not for-

gotten any tools, rags, etc.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

287

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Front

Rear

When jacking up your vehicle with the

jack, position the jack correctly as

shown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe the

following to reduce the possibility of

personal injury:

DFollow jacking instructions.

DDo not put any part of your body

under the vehicle supported by the

jack. Personal injury may occur.

DDo not start or run the engine while

your vehicle is supported by the

jack.

DStop the vehicle on a level firm

ground, firmly set the parking brake

and put the transmission in “P”.

Block the wheels on the opposite

side of the jack up point if neces-

sary.

DMake sure to set the jack properly

in the jack point. Raising the ve-

hicle with jack improperly posi-

tioned will damage the vehicle or

may allow the vehicle to fall off the

jack and cause personal injury.

DNever get under the vehicle when

the vehicle is supported by the jack

alone; use vehicle support stands.

DDo not raise the vehicle with some-

one in the vehicle.

DWhen raising the vehicle, do not

place any objects on top of or un-

derneath the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,

or your vehicle may be damaged.

Positioning the jack

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

288

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Here is a list of parts and tools you will

need to perform do−it−yourself mainte-

nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-

signed in metric sizes, so your tools must

be metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

D“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-

lent

See Section 7−2 for details about en-

gine oil selection.

Tools:

DRag or paper towel

DFunnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT

LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

D“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or

similar high quality ethylene glycol

based non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-

trite, and non−borate coolant with long−

life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a

mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-

ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%

coolant and 45% deionized water (for

Canada).

Tools:

DFunnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

DSAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

brake fluid

Tools:

DRag or paper towel

DFunnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

DAutomatic transmission fluid

DEXRONrII or III

Tools:

DRag or paper towel

DFunnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

DWarm water

DBaking soda

DGrease

DConventional wrench (for terminal

clamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

DFuse with same amperage rating as

original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

DWater

DWasher fluid containing antifreeze

(for winter use)

Tools:

DFunnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

DBulb with same number and wattage

rating as original (See charts in “Re-

placing light bulbs” in Section 7−3.)

Tools:

DScrewdriver

Parts and tools

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

289

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

290

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Engine and Chassis

Checking the engine oil level 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the engine coolant level 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking the radiator and condenser 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking brake fluid 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking power steering fluid 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking tire inflation pressure 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking and replacing tires 299. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rotating tires 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing snow tires and chains 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing wheels 303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Aluminum wheel precautions 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 2

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

291

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Low level

Add oil O.K. Too full

Full level

With the engine at operating tempera-

ture and turned off, check the oil level

on the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle

should be on level ground. After turning

off the engine, wait a few minutes for

the oil to drain back into the bottom of

the engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under

the end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far

as it will go, or the reading will not be

correct.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil

level while holding a rag under the

end.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-

haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil on

the vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightly

above the low level, add engine oil of

the same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engine

oil in small quantities at a time, checking

the dipstick. We recommend that you use

a funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed to

raise the level between low and full on the

dipstick is indicated below for reference.

When the level reaches within the correct

range, install the filler cap hand−tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

zBe careful not to spill engine oil on

the vehicle components.

zAvoid overfilling, or the engine

could be damaged.

zCheck the oil level on the dipstick

once again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

292

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in

your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent

to satisfy the following grade and

viscosity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or

ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity:

SAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good

fuel economy and good starting in cold

weather.

If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE

10W−30 may be used. However, it

should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at

the next oil change.

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

293

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks are

added to some oil containers to help

you select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-

where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oil

quality by API (American Petroleum Insti-

tute) designations such as SL. The center

portion of the label shows the SAE viscos-

ity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−

Conserving” shown in the lower portion,

indicates that the oil has fuel−saving ca-

pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-

dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-

fication Mark is displayed on the front of

the container.

To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-

mance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine

Motor Oil” is available, which has been

specifically tested and approved for all

Toyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-

ther details about “Toyota Genuine Motor

Oil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-

voir when the engine is cold. The cool-

ant level is satisfactory if it is between

the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the

reservoir. If the level is low, add the

coolant. (For the coolant type, see

“Coolant type selection” described be-

low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary

with engine temperature. However, if the

level is on or below the “LOW” line, add

coolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”

line.

If the coolant level drops within a short

time after replenishing, there may be a

leak in the system. Visually check the

radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain

cock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyota

dealer test the cap pressure and check

for leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do not

remove the radiator cap when the en-

gine is hot.

Checking the engine coolant

level

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

294

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damage

your engine cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”

or similar high quality ethylene glycol

based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,

and non−borate coolant with long−life

hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant

with long−life hybrid organic acid

technology is a combination of low

phosphates and organic acids.)

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and

50% deionized water. This coolant pro-

vides protection down to about −35_C

(−31_F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and

45% deionized water. This coolant pro-

vides protection down to about −42_C

(−44_F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long

Life Coolant”, which has been tested to

ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor

result in malfunction of your engine

coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota

Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated

with long−life hybrid organic acid

technology and has been specifically

designed to avoid engine cooling system

malfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for

further details.

If any of the above parts are extremely

dirty or you are not sure of their condi-

tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-

ful not to touch the radiator or con-

denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiator

and condenser, do not perform the

work by yourself.

Checking the radiator and

condenser

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

295

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

To check the fluid level, simply look at

the see−through reservoir. The level

should be between the “MAX” and

“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to go

down slightly as the brake pads wear. So

be sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it

may indicate a serious mechanical prob-

lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or

FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the

brake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap by

hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted

line. This brings the fluid to the correct

level when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once

opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from

the air, and excess moisture can cause a

dangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoir

because brake fluid can harm your

hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your

hands or in your eyes, flush the af-

fected area with clean water immedi-

ately. If you still feel uncomfortable

with your hands or eyes, go to the

doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash

it off with water to prevent it from

damaging the parts or paint.

If hot

O.K. Close Open

If cold

O.K.

If cold

add

If hot

add

Check the fluid level through the reser-

voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-

mission fluid DEXRONrII or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80

km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little

more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is

hot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). You

may also check the level when the fluid

is cold (about room temperature,

10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the engine

has not been run for about five hours.

Checking brake fluid Checking power steering fluid

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

296

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Clean all dirt from the outside of the res-

ervoir tank and look at the fluid level. If

the fluid is cold, the level should be in the

“COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, the

fluid level should be in the “HOT” range.

If the level is at the low side of either

range, add automatic transmission fluid

DEXRONrII or III to bring the level within

the range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-

terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,

turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-

voir cap, visually check the steering box

case, vane pump and hose connections

for leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so be

careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-

ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire inflation pressures

at the proper level.

The recommended cold tire inflation

pressures, tire sizes and the com-

bined weight of occupants and cargo

(vehicle capacity weight) are de-

scribed in Section 8. They are also

on the tire and loading information la-

bel.

You should check the tire inflation

pressure every two weeks, or at least

once a month. And do not forget the

spare!

Checking tire inflation

pressure

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

297

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The following instructions for

checking tire inflation pressure

should be observed:

DThe pressure should be

checked only when the tires are

cold. If your vehicle has been

parked for at least 3 hours and has

not been driven for more than 1.5

km or 1 mile since, you will get

an accurate cold tire inflation pres-

sure reading.

DAlways use a tire pressure

gauge. The appearance of a tire

can be misleading. Besides, tire

inflation pressures that are even

just a few pounds off can degrade

ride and handling.

DTake special care when adding

air to the compact spare tire.

The smaller tire size can gain

pressure very quickly. Add com-

pressed air in small quantities and

check the pressure often until it

reaches the specified pressure.

DDo not bleed or reduce tire

inflation pressure after driving.

It is normal for the tire inflation

pressure to be higher after driving.

DNever exceed the vehicle capac-

ity weight. Passenger and lug-

gage weight should be located so

that the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT

PROCEDURE

1. Remove the tire valve cap.

2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.

3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.

4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,

insert the compressed air from the

valve. In case of applying too

much air, press the center of the

valve and release the air to adjust.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

298

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

5. After completing the tire inflation

pressure measurement and ad-

justment, apply soapy water to the

valve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.

If a gauge and air pump are not avail-

able, have your vehicle checked by

your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valve

caps. Without the valve caps, dirt

or moisture could get into the

valve core and cause air leakage.

If the caps have been lost, have

new ones put on as soon as pos-

sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure may

waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-

ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-

hicle less safe to drive.

If a tire frequently needs refilling,

have it checked by your Toyota deal-

er.

CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.

Otherwise, the following condi-

tions may occur and cause an ac-

cident resulting in death or seri-

ous injuries.

Low tire pressure (underinfla-

tion)—

DExcessive wear

DUneven wear

DPoor handling

DPossibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire

DPoor sealing of the tire bead

DWheel deformation and/or tire

separation

DA greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-

tion)—

DPoor handling

DExcessive wear

DUneven wear

DA greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

299

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tire’s tread for tread

wear indicators. If the indicators

show, replace the tires. The loca-

tion of tread wear indicators is

shown by the “TWI” or “Δ” marks,

etc., molded on the sidewall of

each tire.

The tires on your Toyota have built−in

tread wear indicators to help you

know when the tires need replace-

ment. When the tread depth wears to

1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-

tors will appear. If you can see the

indicators in two or more adjacent

grooves, the tire should be replaced.

The lower the tread, the higher the

risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is

lost if the tread wears down below

4 mm (0.16 in.).

If you have tire damage such as

cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to

expose the fabric, or bulges indi-

cating internal damage, the tire

should be replaced.

If a tire often goes flat or cannot be

properly repaired due to the size or

location of a cut or other damage, it

should be replaced. If you are not

sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do not

continue driving. Driving even a short

distance can damage a tire beyond

repair.

Any tires which are over 6 years

old must be checked by a qualified

technician even if damage is not

obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if they

have never or seldom been used.

This applies also to the spare tire and

tires stored for future use.

Checking and replacing tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

300

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use a tire of

the same size and construction,

and the same or greater maximum

load as the originally installed

tires.

Using any other size or type of tire

may seriously affect handling, ride,

speedometer/odometer calibration,

ground clearance, and clearance be-

tween the body and tires or snow

chains.

Check that the maximum load of the

replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the

Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)

of either the front axle or the rear

axle, whichever is greater. As for the

maximum load of the tire, see the load

limit at maximum cold tire inflation

pressure mentioned on the sidewall

of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle

Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-

tification Label.

For details about the side wall of the

tire and the Certification Label.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-

tions. Otherwise, an accident

may occur resulting in death or

serious injuries.

DDo not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-

hicle, as this may cause dan-

gerous handling characteris-

tics resulting in loss of control.

DDo not use tires other than the

manufacturer’s recommended

size, as this may cause danger-

ous handling characteristics

resulting in loss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,

or at least both of the front or rear

tires be replaced at a time as a set.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section

4 for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheel

should always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-

hicle handling and tire life. Wheels

can get out of balance with regular

use and should therefore be balanced

occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the

air valve should also be replaced

with a new one.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

301

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

With a spare tire of the same

wheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of different

wheel type from the installed

tires

To equalize the wear and help ex-

tend tire life, Toyota recommends

that you rotate your tires accord-

ing to the maintenance schedule.

(For scheduled maintenance infor-

mation, please refer to the “Sched-

uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-

er’s Manual Supplement”.)

However, the most appropriate tim-

ing for tire rotation may vary ac-

cording to your driving habits and

road surface conditions.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section

4 for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage. Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out−

of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

Rotating tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

302

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR

CHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommended

when driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tires

provide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires of

the same size, construction and load

capacity as the originally installed tires.

Do not use tires other than those men-

tioned above. Do not install studded tires

without first checking local regulations for

possible restrictions.

CAUTION

Do not use snow tires other than the

manufacturer’s recommended size, as

this may cause dangerous handling

characteristics resulting in loss of

control. Otherwise, an accident may

occur resulting in death or serious

injuries.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on all

wheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheels

only can lead to an excessive difference

in road grip capability between the front

and rear tires which could cause loss of

vehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you should

store them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sure

to install them in the same direction when

replacing.

CAUTION

DDo not drive with the snow tires

incorrectly inflated.

DNever drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)

with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

P205/65R15 92H tires—Use the tire

chains of correct size and type.

Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains

except radial cable chains or V−bar type

chains.

P205/60R16 91H tires—Use tire chains

of the correct size.

Use only genuine Toyota tire chains or equiv-

alent for use on the AVALON.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire and

chain is used, the chains could dam-

age the vehicle body.

DAVALON genuine tire chains

(Part No. 08329−33801)

Laws about using tire chains vary ac-

cording to locality and type of road, so

always check your local laws before

you install tire chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires as

tightly as possible. Do not use tire

chains on the rear tires. Retighten

chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km

(1/4—1/2 mile).

Installing snow tires and

chains

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

303

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

When installing chains on your tires, care-

fully follow the instructions of the chain

manufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will be

scratched by the chain band, so remove

the covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

DDo not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or

the chain manufacturer’s recom-

mended speed limit, whichever is

lower.

DDrive carefully avoiding bumps,

holes, and sharp turns, which may

cause the vehicle to bounce.

DAvoid sharp turns or locked−wheel

braking, as use of chains may ad-

versely affect vehicle handling.

DWhen driving with chains installed,

be sure to drive carefully. Slow

down before entering curves to

avoid losing control of the vehicle.

Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such as

bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the

wheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,

the tire may slip off the wheel or cause

loss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should be

taken to ensure that the wheels are re-

placed by ones with the same load ca-

pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are available

at your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type may

adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-

ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-

eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight

aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-

ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to

the body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-

ommended as they may have been sub-

jected to rough treatment or high mileage

and could fail without warning. Also, bent

wheels which have been straightened may

have structural damage and therefore

should not be used. Never use an inner

tube in a leaking wheel which is designed

for a tubeless tire.

CAUTION

Do not use wheels other than the

manufacturer’s recommended size, as

this may cause dangerous handling

characteristics resulting in loss of

control. Otherwise, an accident may

occur resulting in death or serious

injuries.

Replacing wheels

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

304

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DWhen installing aluminum wheels,

check that the wheel nuts are tight

after driving your vehicle the first 1600

km (1000 miles).

DIf you have rotated, repaired, or

changed your tires, check that the

wheel nuts are still tight after driving

1600 km (1000 miles).

DWhen using tire chains, be careful not

to damage the aluminum wheels.

DUse only Toyota wheel nuts and

wrench designed for your aluminum

wheels.

DWhen balancing your wheels, use only

Toyota balance weights or equivalent

and a plastic or rubber hammer.

DAs with any wheel, periodically check

your aluminum wheels for damage. If

damaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

305

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

306

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Electrical components

Checking battery condition 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery recharging precautions 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Checking and replacing fuses 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adding washer fluid 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing light bulbs 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 3

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

307

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable and

explosive hydrogen gas.

DDo not cause a spark from the bat-

tery with tools.

DDo not smoke or light a match near

the battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonous

and corrosive sulfuric acid.

DAvoid contact with eyes, skin or

clothes.

DNever ingest electrolyte.

DWear protective safety glasses when

working near the battery.

DKeep children away from the bat-

tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

DIf electrolyte gets in your eyes,

flush your eyes with clean water

immediately and get immediate

medical attention. If possible, con-

tinue to apply water with a sponge

or cloth while en route to the medi-

cal office.

DIf electrolyte gets on your skin,

thoroughly wash the contact area. If

you feel pain or burning, get medi-

cal attention immediately.

DIf electrolyte gets on your clothes,

there is a possibility of its soaking

through to your skin, so immediate-

ly take off the exposed clothing and

follow the procedure above, if nec-

essary.

DIf you accidentally swallow electro-

lyte, drink a large quantity of water

or milk. Follow with milk of magne-

sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable

oil. Then go immediately for emer-

gency help.

Terminals

Ground cable

Hold−down

clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose

terminal connections, cracks, or loose

hold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off

with a solution of warm water and bak-

ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-

nals with grease to prevent further cor-

rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,

tighten their clamp nuts—but do not

overtighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only

enough to keep the battery firmly in

place. Overtightening may damage the

battery case.

Checking battery condition—

—Precautions —Checking battery exterior

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

308

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

NOTICE

zBe sure the engine and all accesso-

ries are off before performing main-

tenance.

zWhen checking the battery, remove

the ground cable from the negative

terminal (“−” mark) first and rein-

stall it last.

zBe careful not to cause a short cir-

cuit with tools.

zTake care no solution gets into the

battery when washing it.

Type A

Green Dark

Clear or

light yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-

cator color.

Indicator color Condition

Type A Type B

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.

Have battery

checked by your

Toyota dealer.

Clear or

light

yellow

Red

Have battery

checked by your

Toyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-

ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installed

on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect

the ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-

charger is off when connecting the

charger cables to the battery and when

disconnecting them.

CAUTION

DAlways charge the battery in an un-

confined area. Do not charge the

battery in a garage or closed room

where there is not sufficient ventila-

tion.

DOnly do a slow charge (5 A or

less). Charging at a quicker rate is

dangerous. The battery may ex-

plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while the

engine is running. Also, be sure all

accessories are turned off.

—Checking battery condition Battery recharging precautions

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

309

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Type A

Good Blown

Type B

Good

Blown

Type C

If the headlights or other electrical

components do not work, check the

fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,

they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7−1 for

locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperative

component off. Pull the suspected fuse

straight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing the

problem. The lid of the fuse box shows

the name of the circuit for each fuse. See

Section 8 for the functions controlled by

each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by the

pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out

tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse has

blown, try replacing the suspected fuse

with one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse

into the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-

ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an

emergency you can pull out the “RADIO”

or “A/C” fuse, which may be dispensable

for normal driving, and use it if its

amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-

age, use one that is lower, but as close

to the rating as possible. If the amperage

is lower than that specified, the fuse

might blow out again but this does not

indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get

the correct fuse as soon as possible and

return the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set of

spare fuses and keep them in your ve-

hicle for emergencies.

Checking and replacing fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

310

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If the new fuse immediately blows out,

there is a problem with the electrical sys-

tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as

soon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-

perage rating, or any other object, in

place of a fuse. This may cause ex-

tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or the low

windshield washer fluid level warning

light comes on, the washer tank may be

empty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.

However, in cold areas where tempera-

tures range below the freezing point, use

washer fluid containing antifreeze. This

product is available at your Toyota dealer

and most auto parts stores. Follow the

manufacturer’s directions for how much to

mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any

other substitute because it may dam-

age your vehicle’s paint.

The following illustrations show how to

gain access to the bulbs. When replacing

a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and

light switch are off. Use bulbs with the

wattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

DTo prevent burning yourself, do not

replace the light bulbs while they

are hot.

DHalogen bulbs have pressurized gas

inside and require special handling.

They can burst or shatter if

scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb

only by its plastic or metal case.

Do not touch the glass part of a

bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

311

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

The inside of the lens of exterior lights

such as headlights may temporarily fog up

when the lens becomes wet in the rain or

in a car wash. This is not a problem

because the fogging is caused by the

temperature difference between the outside

and inside of the lens, just like the

windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if

there is a large drop of water on the

inside of the lens, or if there is water

pooled inside the light, contact your

Toyota dealer.

Light bulbs Bulb

No. WType

Headlights

(low beam) 9006 51 A

Headlights

(high beam) 9005 60 B

Front fog lights 9006 51 A

Front turn

signal/parking

lights

1157NA 27/8 C

Rear turn signal

lights —21 D

Stop/tail lights 7443 21/5 E

Rear side

marker lights 194 3.8 E

Back−up lights 921 18 E

Tail lights 168 5 E

License plate

lights 168 5 E

High mounted

stoplight 921 18 E

Interior light — 7 F

Front personal

lights — 7 F

Light bulbs Bulb

No. WType

Rear personal

lights — 5 F

Vanity lights — 2 F

Glove box light —1.2 E

Door courtesy

lights — 6 F

Trunk light — 3 F

A: HB4 halogen bulbs

B: HB3 halogen bulbs

C: Single end bulbs

D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)

E: Wedge base bulbs (clear)

F: Double end bulbs

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

312

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

1. Unplug the connector while depress-

ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Turn the bulb and remove it. 3. Install a new bulb and the connector

into the mounting hole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing

the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-

essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

313

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If either the left or right front fog or

front turn signal/parking lights burns

out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front fog or

front turn signal/parking light bulbs

by yourself. You may damage the ve-

hicle.

Use a flat−bladed screwdriver which is

wrapped with a cloth.

a: Rear turn signal light

b: Stop/tail light

c: Rear side marker light

d: Back−up light

—Front fog and front turn

signal/parking lights

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,

rear side marker and back−up

lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

314

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Remove and install the cover clips as

shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

—Tail lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

315

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Remove and install the cover clips as

shown in the following illustrations.

Removing cover clips

Installing cover clips

—License plate lights

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

316

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

—High mounted stoplight

(type A)

—High mounted stoplight

(type B)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

317

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

318

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications

Dimensions and weights 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service specifications 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses 323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

319

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Model:

1MZ−FE

Type:

6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

87.5 83.0 (3.44 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):

2995 (182.8)

Overall length mm (in.) 4865 (191.5)

Overall width mm (in.) 1820 (71.7)

Overall height mm (in.) 1465 (57.7)∗1

Wheelbase mm (in.) 2720 (107.0)

Front tread mm (in.) 1550 (61.0)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1525 (60.0)

∗1: Unladen vehicle

∗2: With bucket type front seat

∗3: With bench type front seat

Vehicle capacity weight

(occupants + luggage) kg (lb.)

410 (900)∗2

475 (1050)∗3

Towing capacity kg (lb.) 907 (2000)

Dimensions and weights Engine

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

320

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Fuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87

(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

For improved vehicle performance, the

use of premium unleaded gasoline with

an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Oc-

tane Number 96) or higher is recom-

mended.

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):

70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)

Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:

DENSO SK20R11

NGK IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):

1.1 (0.043)

Drive belt tension measured with

Borroughs drive belt tension gauge No.

BT−33−73F (used belt), Ibf:

Generator belt 88"22

Power steering pump belt 115"20

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.

qt.):

With filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)

Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in

your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent

to satisfy the following grade and

viscosity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or

ILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended oil viscosity:

SAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-

ther details.

Fuel Service specifications

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

321

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

9.0 (9.5, 7.9)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is

used in your Toyota vehicle at factory

fill. In order to avoid technical problems,

only use “Toyota Super Long Life

Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene

glycol based non−silicate, non−amine,

non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with

long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

(Coolant with long−life hybrid organic

acid technology is a combination of low

phosphates and organic acids.)

Do not use plain water alone.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for

further details.

BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20_C (68_F):

12.6—12.8 V Fully charged

12.2—12.4 V Half charged

11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes

after the key is removed with all the

lights turned off

Charging rates:

5 A max.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,

Imp. qt.):

Up to 4.75 (5.0, 4.2)

Fluid type:

Toyota Genuine ATF D−II or

DEXRONrIII (DEXRONrII)

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-

ther details.

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressed

with the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)

with the engine running, mm (in.):

75 (3.0)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):

1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):

1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):

1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when depressed

with the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66.1 lbf):

3—6 clicks

Fluid type:

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:

Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type:

Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII

or III

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

322

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:

Normal driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size Tire inflation pressure Wheel size

Front Rear

P205/65R15 92H 210 (2.1, 31) 210 (2.1, 31) 15 6JJ

P205/60R16 91H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 6JJ

Trailer driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size Tire inflation pressure

Front Rear

P205/65R15 92H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)

P205/60R16 91H 240 (2.4, 35) 240 (2.4, 35)

When driving under the above vehicle load conditions at sustained high speeds above 160 km/h (100 mph), in countries

where such speeds are permitted by−law, inflate the front and rear tires to 280 kPa (2.8 kgf/cm2 or bar, 41 psi) provided

that it does not exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):

103 (10.5, 76)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-

sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Section 7−2.

Tires

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

323

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Engine compartment

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: No circuit

2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: No circuit

3. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Right−hand

headlight (low beam)

4. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left−hand head-

light (low beam)

5. ABS NO.4 5 A: Vehicle stability control

system

6. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys-

tem

7. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse

8. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse

Instrument panel

9. SPARE 25 A: Spare fuse

10. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse

11. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system

12. DCC 30 A: “DOME”, “ECU−B” and

“RADIO” fuses

13. SECURITY 10 A: Theft−deterrent sys-

tem

14. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights

15. A/F 25 A: Air/fuel sensor

16. DOOR NO.2 15 A: Power door lock

system

17. HORN 10 A: Horn, theft−deterrent sys-

tem

Fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

324

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

18. AM2 10 A: SRS airbag system, multi-

port fuel injection system/sequential

multiport fuel injection system, starter

system, charging system, air/fuel sen-

sor, fuel pump

19. EFI NO.2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection

system/sequential multiport fuel injec-

tion system, air flow meter, oxygen

sensor, evaporative emission control

system, throttle positioner control sys-

tem, engine control system

20. ABS NO.3 25 A: Anti−lock brake sys-

tem

21. ABS NO.2 25 A: Vehicle stability con-

trol system

22. EFI NO.1 15 A: Multiport fuel injection

system/sequential multiport fuel injec-

tion system, fuel pump

23. IG2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-

tem/sequential multiport fuel injection

system

24. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand head-

light (high beam), high beam indicator

light

25. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right−hand

headlight (high beam)

26. ECU−IG NO.1 5 A: Electric cooling

fans

27. ECU−B 7.5 A: Air conditioning system,

theft deterrent system, power seats,

meters, power windows (for driver and

front passenger), multiplex communica-

tion system

28. TAIL 10 A: Parking lights, license plate

lights, tail lights, rear side marker

lights, rear light failure warning light,

engine control system

29. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

30. FR P/W 20 A: Power window (for front

passenger)

31. GAUGE NO.1 10 A: Vehicle stability

control system, rear window defogger,

cruise control system, shift lock sys-

tem, anti−lock brake system, auto anti−

glare inside rear view mirror, automatic

light control system, power seats, rear

light failure warning light, automatic

transmission indicator lights, power out-

let, power window (for driver), brake

system warning light, electric moon

roof

32. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system

33. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

34. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights

35. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

36. RADIO 15 A: Audio system, multi−in-

formation display

37. PANEL 5 A: Gauges and meters, audio

system, cigarette lighter, air condition-

ing system, emergency flasher, elec-

tronically controlled automatic transmis-

sion system, power rear view mirrors,

multi−information display, glove box

light, instrument panel lights, instrument

panel light control, power outlet

38. FL P/W 25 A: Power window (for driv-

er)

39. PWR OUTLET NO.1 15 A: Power out-

let (ACC)

40. ECU−ACC 5 A: Audio system, power

rear view mirrors, multi−information dis-

play, shift lock system, multiplex com-

munication system

41. SRS−ACC 10 A: SRS airbag system

42. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-

ror defoggers, engine control system

43. PWR OUTLET NO.2 15 A: Power out-

let (IG)

44. GAUGE NO.2 10 A: Back−up lights

45. OBD−II 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-

tem

46. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted

stoplight, anti−lock brake system, shift

lock system, cruise control system, ve-

hicle stability control system, engine

control system

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

325

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

47. DOME 7.5 A: Interior lights, front per-

sonal lights, door courtesy lights, igni-

tion switch light, vanity lights, garage

door opener, open door warning light,

illuminated entry system, rear personal

lights, automatic light control system,

trunk light, wireless remote control sys-

tem, multiplex communication system

48. OPNER 5 A: No circuit

49. RL P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear

left passenger)

50. RR P/W 20 A: Power window (for rear

right passenger)

51. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers and

washer

52. ECU−IG NO.2 10 A: Anti−lock brake

system, cruise control system, multi−in-

formation display, theft deterrent sys-

tem, vehicle stability control system,

meters, multiplex communication sys-

tem

53. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter

54. DOOR NO.1 25 A: Theft deterrent sys-

tem, trunk opener, multiplex commu-

nication system

55. SUN ROOF 30 A: Electric moon roof

Fuses (type B)

56. AM1 40 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-

tem/sequential multiport fuel injection

system

57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

58. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fans

59. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fans

60. MAIN 40 A: Starter system

61. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger,

noise filter

62. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats

Fuses (type C)

63. ABS 60 A: Anti−lock brake system,

“ABS NO.4” fuse

64. ALT 120 A: “HTR”, “A/C”, “ABS NO.2”,

“ABS NO.3”, “RDI”, “CDS”, “AM1”,

“ABS” and “ABS NO.4” fuses

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

327

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.

OWNERS

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners 328. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

328

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

If you believe that your vehicle

has a defect which could cause a

crash or could cause injury or

death, you should immediately in-

form the National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) in

addition to notifying Toyota Motor

Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-

plaints, it may open an investiga-

tion, and if it finds that a safety

defect exists in a group of ve-

hicles, it may order a recall and

remedy campaign. However,

NHTSA cannot become involved

in individual problems between

you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor

Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-

ther call the Auto Safety Hotline

toll−free at 1−800−424−9393 (or

366−0123 in Washington, D.C.

area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.

Department of Transportation,

Washington, D.C. 20590. You can

also obtain other information about

motor vehicle safety from the Hot-

line.

Reporting safety defects for

U.S. owners

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and

quality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants

follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For

important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete

satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

DU.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll −free: 1−800−331−4331

DCANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Tol l−free: 1−888−TOYOTA−8 (1−888−869−6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of

continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may

find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

Motor Corporation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Publication No. OM41412U

Part No. 01999-41412

Printed in Japan 01−0408−00

( U)

Quick index

DIf a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 120. . . . . . . .

DIf your vehicle will not start 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DIf your engine stalls while driving 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DIf your vehicle overheats 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DIf you have a flat tire 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DIf your vehicle needs to be towed 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DTips for driving during break−in period 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DHow to start the engine 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DGeneral maintenance 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or

higher. For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleaded

gasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or

higher is recommended.

See page 213 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity:

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil:

API grade SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is

recommended.

See page 292 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 296 through 304.

Tire pressure: See page 322.

aU−9

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-

age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to

avoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are

used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which may cause

injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are

informed about what you must or must not do in

order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and

others.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which may cause

damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning

is ignored. You are informed about what you must or

must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of

damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbol

shown above, it means: “Do not...”;

“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this

happen”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

iii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to

read Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In

terms of helping you understand how you can receive the

maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this

vehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual is

the most important Section for you and your family to

read.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-

ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-

tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you

should be aware of. These systems work together along

with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide

occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of

each system is enhanced when it is used properly and

together with other systems. No single occupant restraint

system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the

equal level of restraint which these systems can provide

when used together. That is why it is important for you and

your family to understand the purpose and proper use of

each of these systems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help

reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the

event of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-

ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the

event of collision. However, the more you know about

these systems and how to use them properly, the greater

your chances become of surviving an accident without

death or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of

the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear

seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be

secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for

their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,

and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes

for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing

the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of

the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with

tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-

bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources

of serious injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag,

or if an object or some part of his or her body has been

placed between the occupant and the airbag at the time of

deployment. This is just one example of how the instruc-

tions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help en-

sure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and

increase the safety they can provide to you and your fami-

ly in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section

1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time

of ownership of this vehicle.

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited

warranties:

D New vehicle warranty

D Emission control systems warranty

D Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s War-

ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-

ment”.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Your responsibility for

maintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-

fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of

these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section

6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-

formation, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance

Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Important health and safety

information about your Toyota

CAUTION

DWARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-

ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-

nents contain or emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause cancer and birth de-

fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,

oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as

well as waste produced by component wear con-

tain or emit chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm.

DBattery posts, terminals and related accessories

contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your

hands after handling. Used engine oil contains

chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory

animals. Always protect your skin by washing

thoroughly with soap and water.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Accessories, spare parts and

modification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories

for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.

You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-

ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or

replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or

adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine

Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota

products could affect its performance, safety or durability,

and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-

tion, damage or performance problems resulting from the

modification may not be covered under warranty.

Spark ignition system of your

Toyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-

ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment

Standard.

Installation of a mobile two−way

radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in

your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multi-

port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection

system, cruise control system, anti−lock brake system,

traction control system, vehicle stability control system,

SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be

sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary

measures or special instructions regarding installation.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

vii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Tires and loading on your

Toyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the

excess load may result in the deterioration of

steering ability and braking ability, leading to an

accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-

cally and be sure to keep the load limits given in

this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation

pressure and load limits, see “Checking tire infla-

tion pressure” in Section 7−2 and “Vehicle load

limits” in Section 2.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your

Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is

scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they

are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to

have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-

sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service

shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your

vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

viii

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in top

running order is to maintain it properly from

the moment you drive it off the showroom

floor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is

packed with literally everything you need to

know to perform your own maintenance in

virtually every area of your new vehicle.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for Avalon, written in Eng-

lish, may be purchased as applicable from any

Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2004 AVALON Repair Manual

Pub. No.: RM1061U1

RM1061U2

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre-

vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat-

er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main-

tenance is required and clearly explains how to do the

work yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re-

placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil

and filter replacement.

’04 AVALON U (L/O 0408)

2004 AVALON from Aug. ’04 Prod. (OM41412U)

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU  PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

DComfortable

DEasy to use

DConvenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

Toyota 2004 Avalon Owners Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation